Parent Directory
|
Revision Log
Fix spelling mistakes in comments.
| 1 | /************************************************* |
| 2 | * Perl-Compatible Regular Expressions * |
| 3 | *************************************************/ |
| 4 | |
| 5 | /* PCRE is a library of functions to support regular expressions whose syntax |
| 6 | and semantics are as close as possible to those of the Perl 5 language. |
| 7 | |
| 8 | Written by Philip Hazel |
| 9 | Copyright (c) 1997-2013 University of Cambridge |
| 10 | |
| 11 | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 12 | Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without |
| 13 | modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: |
| 14 | |
| 15 | * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, |
| 16 | this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. |
| 17 | |
| 18 | * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright |
| 19 | notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the |
| 20 | documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. |
| 21 | |
| 22 | * Neither the name of the University of Cambridge nor the names of its |
| 23 | contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from |
| 24 | this software without specific prior written permission. |
| 25 | |
| 26 | THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" |
| 27 | AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE |
| 28 | IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE |
| 29 | ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE |
| 30 | LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR |
| 31 | CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF |
| 32 | SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS |
| 33 | INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN |
| 34 | CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) |
| 35 | ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE |
| 36 | POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. |
| 37 | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 38 | */ |
| 39 | |
| 40 | |
| 41 | /* This module contains the external function pcre_compile(), along with |
| 42 | supporting internal functions that are not used by other modules. */ |
| 43 | |
| 44 | |
| 45 | #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H |
| 46 | #include "config.h" |
| 47 | #endif |
| 48 | |
| 49 | #define NLBLOCK cd /* Block containing newline information */ |
| 50 | #define PSSTART start_pattern /* Field containing processed string start */ |
| 51 | #define PSEND end_pattern /* Field containing processed string end */ |
| 52 | |
| 53 | #include "pcre_internal.h" |
| 54 | |
| 55 | |
| 56 | /* When PCRE_DEBUG is defined, we need the pcre(16|32)_printint() function, which |
| 57 | is also used by pcretest. PCRE_DEBUG is not defined when building a production |
| 58 | library. We do not need to select pcre16_printint.c specially, because the |
| 59 | COMPILE_PCREx macro will already be appropriately set. */ |
| 60 | |
| 61 | #ifdef PCRE_DEBUG |
| 62 | /* pcre_printint.c should not include any headers */ |
| 63 | #define PCRE_INCLUDED |
| 64 | #include "pcre_printint.c" |
| 65 | #undef PCRE_INCLUDED |
| 66 | #endif |
| 67 | |
| 68 | |
| 69 | /* Macro for setting individual bits in class bitmaps. */ |
| 70 | |
| 71 | #define SETBIT(a,b) a[(b)/8] |= (1 << ((b)&7)) |
| 72 | |
| 73 | /* Maximum length value to check against when making sure that the integer that |
| 74 | holds the compiled pattern length does not overflow. We make it a bit less than |
| 75 | INT_MAX to allow for adding in group terminating bytes, so that we don't have |
| 76 | to check them every time. */ |
| 77 | |
| 78 | #define OFLOW_MAX (INT_MAX - 20) |
| 79 | |
| 80 | /* Definitions to allow mutual recursion */ |
| 81 | |
| 82 | static int |
| 83 | add_list_to_class(pcre_uint8 *, pcre_uchar **, int, compile_data *, |
| 84 | const pcre_uint32 *, unsigned int); |
| 85 | |
| 86 | static BOOL |
| 87 | compile_regex(int, pcre_uchar **, const pcre_uchar **, int *, BOOL, BOOL, int, int, |
| 88 | pcre_uint32 *, pcre_int32 *, pcre_uint32 *, pcre_int32 *, branch_chain *, |
| 89 | compile_data *, int *); |
| 90 | |
| 91 | |
| 92 | |
| 93 | /************************************************* |
| 94 | * Code parameters and static tables * |
| 95 | *************************************************/ |
| 96 | |
| 97 | /* This value specifies the size of stack workspace that is used during the |
| 98 | first pre-compile phase that determines how much memory is required. The regex |
| 99 | is partly compiled into this space, but the compiled parts are discarded as |
| 100 | soon as they can be, so that hopefully there will never be an overrun. The code |
| 101 | does, however, check for an overrun. The largest amount I've seen used is 218, |
| 102 | so this number is very generous. |
| 103 | |
| 104 | The same workspace is used during the second, actual compile phase for |
| 105 | remembering forward references to groups so that they can be filled in at the |
| 106 | end. Each entry in this list occupies LINK_SIZE bytes, so even when LINK_SIZE |
| 107 | is 4 there is plenty of room for most patterns. However, the memory can get |
| 108 | filled up by repetitions of forward references, for example patterns like |
| 109 | /(?1){0,1999}(b)/, and one user did hit the limit. The code has been changed so |
| 110 | that the workspace is expanded using malloc() in this situation. The value |
| 111 | below is therefore a minimum, and we put a maximum on it for safety. The |
| 112 | minimum is now also defined in terms of LINK_SIZE so that the use of malloc() |
| 113 | kicks in at the same number of forward references in all cases. */ |
| 114 | |
| 115 | #define COMPILE_WORK_SIZE (2048*LINK_SIZE) |
| 116 | #define COMPILE_WORK_SIZE_MAX (100*COMPILE_WORK_SIZE) |
| 117 | |
| 118 | /* The overrun tests check for a slightly smaller size so that they detect the |
| 119 | overrun before it actually does run off the end of the data block. */ |
| 120 | |
| 121 | #define WORK_SIZE_SAFETY_MARGIN (100) |
| 122 | |
| 123 | /* Private flags added to firstchar and reqchar. */ |
| 124 | |
| 125 | #define REQ_CASELESS (1 << 0) /* Indicates caselessness */ |
| 126 | #define REQ_VARY (1 << 1) /* Reqchar followed non-literal item */ |
| 127 | /* Negative values for the firstchar and reqchar flags */ |
| 128 | #define REQ_UNSET (-2) |
| 129 | #define REQ_NONE (-1) |
| 130 | |
| 131 | /* Repeated character flags. */ |
| 132 | |
| 133 | #define UTF_LENGTH 0x10000000l /* The char contains its length. */ |
| 134 | |
| 135 | /* Table for handling escaped characters in the range '0'-'z'. Positive returns |
| 136 | are simple data values; negative values are for special things like \d and so |
| 137 | on. Zero means further processing is needed (for things like \x), or the escape |
| 138 | is invalid. */ |
| 139 | |
| 140 | #ifndef EBCDIC |
| 141 | |
| 142 | /* This is the "normal" table for ASCII systems or for EBCDIC systems running |
| 143 | in UTF-8 mode. */ |
| 144 | |
| 145 | static const short int escapes[] = { |
| 146 | 0, 0, |
| 147 | 0, 0, |
| 148 | 0, 0, |
| 149 | 0, 0, |
| 150 | 0, 0, |
| 151 | CHAR_COLON, CHAR_SEMICOLON, |
| 152 | CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN, CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN, |
| 153 | CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN, CHAR_QUESTION_MARK, |
| 154 | CHAR_COMMERCIAL_AT, -ESC_A, |
| 155 | -ESC_B, -ESC_C, |
| 156 | -ESC_D, -ESC_E, |
| 157 | 0, -ESC_G, |
| 158 | -ESC_H, 0, |
| 159 | 0, -ESC_K, |
| 160 | 0, 0, |
| 161 | -ESC_N, 0, |
| 162 | -ESC_P, -ESC_Q, |
| 163 | -ESC_R, -ESC_S, |
| 164 | 0, 0, |
| 165 | -ESC_V, -ESC_W, |
| 166 | -ESC_X, 0, |
| 167 | -ESC_Z, CHAR_LEFT_SQUARE_BRACKET, |
| 168 | CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET, |
| 169 | CHAR_CIRCUMFLEX_ACCENT, CHAR_UNDERSCORE, |
| 170 | CHAR_GRAVE_ACCENT, 7, |
| 171 | -ESC_b, 0, |
| 172 | -ESC_d, ESC_e, |
| 173 | ESC_f, 0, |
| 174 | -ESC_h, 0, |
| 175 | 0, -ESC_k, |
| 176 | 0, 0, |
| 177 | ESC_n, 0, |
| 178 | -ESC_p, 0, |
| 179 | ESC_r, -ESC_s, |
| 180 | ESC_tee, 0, |
| 181 | -ESC_v, -ESC_w, |
| 182 | 0, 0, |
| 183 | -ESC_z |
| 184 | }; |
| 185 | |
| 186 | #else |
| 187 | |
| 188 | /* This is the "abnormal" table for EBCDIC systems without UTF-8 support. */ |
| 189 | |
| 190 | static const short int escapes[] = { |
| 191 | /* 48 */ 0, 0, 0, '.', '<', '(', '+', '|', |
| 192 | /* 50 */ '&', 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, |
| 193 | /* 58 */ 0, 0, '!', '$', '*', ')', ';', '~', |
| 194 | /* 60 */ '-', '/', 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, |
| 195 | /* 68 */ 0, 0, '|', ',', '%', '_', '>', '?', |
| 196 | /* 70 */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, |
| 197 | /* 78 */ 0, '`', ':', '#', '@', '\'', '=', '"', |
| 198 | /* 80 */ 0, 7, -ESC_b, 0, -ESC_d, ESC_e, ESC_f, 0, |
| 199 | /* 88 */-ESC_h, 0, 0, '{', 0, 0, 0, 0, |
| 200 | /* 90 */ 0, 0, -ESC_k, 'l', 0, ESC_n, 0, -ESC_p, |
| 201 | /* 98 */ 0, ESC_r, 0, '}', 0, 0, 0, 0, |
| 202 | /* A0 */ 0, '~', -ESC_s, ESC_tee, 0,-ESC_v, -ESC_w, 0, |
| 203 | /* A8 */ 0,-ESC_z, 0, 0, 0, '[', 0, 0, |
| 204 | /* B0 */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, |
| 205 | /* B8 */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, ']', '=', '-', |
| 206 | /* C0 */ '{',-ESC_A, -ESC_B, -ESC_C, -ESC_D,-ESC_E, 0, -ESC_G, |
| 207 | /* C8 */-ESC_H, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, |
| 208 | /* D0 */ '}', 0, -ESC_K, 0, 0,-ESC_N, 0, -ESC_P, |
| 209 | /* D8 */-ESC_Q,-ESC_R, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, |
| 210 | /* E0 */ '\\', 0, -ESC_S, 0, 0,-ESC_V, -ESC_W, -ESC_X, |
| 211 | /* E8 */ 0,-ESC_Z, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, |
| 212 | /* F0 */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, |
| 213 | /* F8 */ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 |
| 214 | }; |
| 215 | #endif |
| 216 | |
| 217 | |
| 218 | /* Table of special "verbs" like (*PRUNE). This is a short table, so it is |
| 219 | searched linearly. Put all the names into a single string, in order to reduce |
| 220 | the number of relocations when a shared library is dynamically linked. The |
| 221 | string is built from string macros so that it works in UTF-8 mode on EBCDIC |
| 222 | platforms. */ |
| 223 | |
| 224 | typedef struct verbitem { |
| 225 | int len; /* Length of verb name */ |
| 226 | int op; /* Op when no arg, or -1 if arg mandatory */ |
| 227 | int op_arg; /* Op when arg present, or -1 if not allowed */ |
| 228 | } verbitem; |
| 229 | |
| 230 | static const char verbnames[] = |
| 231 | "\0" /* Empty name is a shorthand for MARK */ |
| 232 | STRING_MARK0 |
| 233 | STRING_ACCEPT0 |
| 234 | STRING_COMMIT0 |
| 235 | STRING_F0 |
| 236 | STRING_FAIL0 |
| 237 | STRING_PRUNE0 |
| 238 | STRING_SKIP0 |
| 239 | STRING_THEN; |
| 240 | |
| 241 | static const verbitem verbs[] = { |
| 242 | { 0, -1, OP_MARK }, |
| 243 | { 4, -1, OP_MARK }, |
| 244 | { 6, OP_ACCEPT, -1 }, |
| 245 | { 6, OP_COMMIT, -1 }, |
| 246 | { 1, OP_FAIL, -1 }, |
| 247 | { 4, OP_FAIL, -1 }, |
| 248 | { 5, OP_PRUNE, OP_PRUNE_ARG }, |
| 249 | { 4, OP_SKIP, OP_SKIP_ARG }, |
| 250 | { 4, OP_THEN, OP_THEN_ARG } |
| 251 | }; |
| 252 | |
| 253 | static const int verbcount = sizeof(verbs)/sizeof(verbitem); |
| 254 | |
| 255 | |
| 256 | /* Tables of names of POSIX character classes and their lengths. The names are |
| 257 | now all in a single string, to reduce the number of relocations when a shared |
| 258 | library is dynamically loaded. The list of lengths is terminated by a zero |
| 259 | length entry. The first three must be alpha, lower, upper, as this is assumed |
| 260 | for handling case independence. */ |
| 261 | |
| 262 | static const char posix_names[] = |
| 263 | STRING_alpha0 STRING_lower0 STRING_upper0 STRING_alnum0 |
| 264 | STRING_ascii0 STRING_blank0 STRING_cntrl0 STRING_digit0 |
| 265 | STRING_graph0 STRING_print0 STRING_punct0 STRING_space0 |
| 266 | STRING_word0 STRING_xdigit; |
| 267 | |
| 268 | static const pcre_uint8 posix_name_lengths[] = { |
| 269 | 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 4, 6, 0 }; |
| 270 | |
| 271 | /* Table of class bit maps for each POSIX class. Each class is formed from a |
| 272 | base map, with an optional addition or removal of another map. Then, for some |
| 273 | classes, there is some additional tweaking: for [:blank:] the vertical space |
| 274 | characters are removed, and for [:alpha:] and [:alnum:] the underscore |
| 275 | character is removed. The triples in the table consist of the base map offset, |
| 276 | second map offset or -1 if no second map, and a non-negative value for map |
| 277 | addition or a negative value for map subtraction (if there are two maps). The |
| 278 | absolute value of the third field has these meanings: 0 => no tweaking, 1 => |
| 279 | remove vertical space characters, 2 => remove underscore. */ |
| 280 | |
| 281 | static const int posix_class_maps[] = { |
| 282 | cbit_word, cbit_digit, -2, /* alpha */ |
| 283 | cbit_lower, -1, 0, /* lower */ |
| 284 | cbit_upper, -1, 0, /* upper */ |
| 285 | cbit_word, -1, 2, /* alnum - word without underscore */ |
| 286 | cbit_print, cbit_cntrl, 0, /* ascii */ |
| 287 | cbit_space, -1, 1, /* blank - a GNU extension */ |
| 288 | cbit_cntrl, -1, 0, /* cntrl */ |
| 289 | cbit_digit, -1, 0, /* digit */ |
| 290 | cbit_graph, -1, 0, /* graph */ |
| 291 | cbit_print, -1, 0, /* print */ |
| 292 | cbit_punct, -1, 0, /* punct */ |
| 293 | cbit_space, -1, 0, /* space */ |
| 294 | cbit_word, -1, 0, /* word - a Perl extension */ |
| 295 | cbit_xdigit,-1, 0 /* xdigit */ |
| 296 | }; |
| 297 | |
| 298 | /* Table of substitutes for \d etc when PCRE_UCP is set. The POSIX class |
| 299 | substitutes must be in the order of the names, defined above, and there are |
| 300 | both positive and negative cases. NULL means no substitute. */ |
| 301 | |
| 302 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
| 303 | static const pcre_uchar string_PNd[] = { |
| 304 | CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_P, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET, |
| 305 | CHAR_N, CHAR_d, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' }; |
| 306 | static const pcre_uchar string_pNd[] = { |
| 307 | CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_p, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET, |
| 308 | CHAR_N, CHAR_d, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' }; |
| 309 | static const pcre_uchar string_PXsp[] = { |
| 310 | CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_P, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET, |
| 311 | CHAR_X, CHAR_s, CHAR_p, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' }; |
| 312 | static const pcre_uchar string_pXsp[] = { |
| 313 | CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_p, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET, |
| 314 | CHAR_X, CHAR_s, CHAR_p, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' }; |
| 315 | static const pcre_uchar string_PXwd[] = { |
| 316 | CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_P, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET, |
| 317 | CHAR_X, CHAR_w, CHAR_d, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' }; |
| 318 | static const pcre_uchar string_pXwd[] = { |
| 319 | CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_p, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET, |
| 320 | CHAR_X, CHAR_w, CHAR_d, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' }; |
| 321 | |
| 322 | static const pcre_uchar *substitutes[] = { |
| 323 | string_PNd, /* \D */ |
| 324 | string_pNd, /* \d */ |
| 325 | string_PXsp, /* \S */ /* NOTE: Xsp is Perl space */ |
| 326 | string_pXsp, /* \s */ |
| 327 | string_PXwd, /* \W */ |
| 328 | string_pXwd /* \w */ |
| 329 | }; |
| 330 | |
| 331 | static const pcre_uchar string_pL[] = { |
| 332 | CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_p, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET, |
| 333 | CHAR_L, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' }; |
| 334 | static const pcre_uchar string_pLl[] = { |
| 335 | CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_p, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET, |
| 336 | CHAR_L, CHAR_l, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' }; |
| 337 | static const pcre_uchar string_pLu[] = { |
| 338 | CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_p, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET, |
| 339 | CHAR_L, CHAR_u, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' }; |
| 340 | static const pcre_uchar string_pXan[] = { |
| 341 | CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_p, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET, |
| 342 | CHAR_X, CHAR_a, CHAR_n, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' }; |
| 343 | static const pcre_uchar string_h[] = { |
| 344 | CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_h, '\0' }; |
| 345 | static const pcre_uchar string_pXps[] = { |
| 346 | CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_p, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET, |
| 347 | CHAR_X, CHAR_p, CHAR_s, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' }; |
| 348 | static const pcre_uchar string_PL[] = { |
| 349 | CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_P, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET, |
| 350 | CHAR_L, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' }; |
| 351 | static const pcre_uchar string_PLl[] = { |
| 352 | CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_P, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET, |
| 353 | CHAR_L, CHAR_l, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' }; |
| 354 | static const pcre_uchar string_PLu[] = { |
| 355 | CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_P, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET, |
| 356 | CHAR_L, CHAR_u, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' }; |
| 357 | static const pcre_uchar string_PXan[] = { |
| 358 | CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_P, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET, |
| 359 | CHAR_X, CHAR_a, CHAR_n, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' }; |
| 360 | static const pcre_uchar string_H[] = { |
| 361 | CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_H, '\0' }; |
| 362 | static const pcre_uchar string_PXps[] = { |
| 363 | CHAR_BACKSLASH, CHAR_P, CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET, |
| 364 | CHAR_X, CHAR_p, CHAR_s, CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET, '\0' }; |
| 365 | |
| 366 | static const pcre_uchar *posix_substitutes[] = { |
| 367 | string_pL, /* alpha */ |
| 368 | string_pLl, /* lower */ |
| 369 | string_pLu, /* upper */ |
| 370 | string_pXan, /* alnum */ |
| 371 | NULL, /* ascii */ |
| 372 | string_h, /* blank */ |
| 373 | NULL, /* cntrl */ |
| 374 | string_pNd, /* digit */ |
| 375 | NULL, /* graph */ |
| 376 | NULL, /* print */ |
| 377 | NULL, /* punct */ |
| 378 | string_pXps, /* space */ /* NOTE: Xps is POSIX space */ |
| 379 | string_pXwd, /* word */ |
| 380 | NULL, /* xdigit */ |
| 381 | /* Negated cases */ |
| 382 | string_PL, /* ^alpha */ |
| 383 | string_PLl, /* ^lower */ |
| 384 | string_PLu, /* ^upper */ |
| 385 | string_PXan, /* ^alnum */ |
| 386 | NULL, /* ^ascii */ |
| 387 | string_H, /* ^blank */ |
| 388 | NULL, /* ^cntrl */ |
| 389 | string_PNd, /* ^digit */ |
| 390 | NULL, /* ^graph */ |
| 391 | NULL, /* ^print */ |
| 392 | NULL, /* ^punct */ |
| 393 | string_PXps, /* ^space */ /* NOTE: Xps is POSIX space */ |
| 394 | string_PXwd, /* ^word */ |
| 395 | NULL /* ^xdigit */ |
| 396 | }; |
| 397 | #define POSIX_SUBSIZE (sizeof(posix_substitutes) / sizeof(pcre_uchar *)) |
| 398 | #endif |
| 399 | |
| 400 | #define STRING(a) # a |
| 401 | #define XSTRING(s) STRING(s) |
| 402 | |
| 403 | /* The texts of compile-time error messages. These are "char *" because they |
| 404 | are passed to the outside world. Do not ever re-use any error number, because |
| 405 | they are documented. Always add a new error instead. Messages marked DEAD below |
| 406 | are no longer used. This used to be a table of strings, but in order to reduce |
| 407 | the number of relocations needed when a shared library is loaded dynamically, |
| 408 | it is now one long string. We cannot use a table of offsets, because the |
| 409 | lengths of inserts such as XSTRING(MAX_NAME_SIZE) are not known. Instead, we |
| 410 | simply count through to the one we want - this isn't a performance issue |
| 411 | because these strings are used only when there is a compilation error. |
| 412 | |
| 413 | Each substring ends with \0 to insert a null character. This includes the final |
| 414 | substring, so that the whole string ends with \0\0, which can be detected when |
| 415 | counting through. */ |
| 416 | |
| 417 | static const char error_texts[] = |
| 418 | "no error\0" |
| 419 | "\\ at end of pattern\0" |
| 420 | "\\c at end of pattern\0" |
| 421 | "unrecognized character follows \\\0" |
| 422 | "numbers out of order in {} quantifier\0" |
| 423 | /* 5 */ |
| 424 | "number too big in {} quantifier\0" |
| 425 | "missing terminating ] for character class\0" |
| 426 | "invalid escape sequence in character class\0" |
| 427 | "range out of order in character class\0" |
| 428 | "nothing to repeat\0" |
| 429 | /* 10 */ |
| 430 | "operand of unlimited repeat could match the empty string\0" /** DEAD **/ |
| 431 | "internal error: unexpected repeat\0" |
| 432 | "unrecognized character after (? or (?-\0" |
| 433 | "POSIX named classes are supported only within a class\0" |
| 434 | "missing )\0" |
| 435 | /* 15 */ |
| 436 | "reference to non-existent subpattern\0" |
| 437 | "erroffset passed as NULL\0" |
| 438 | "unknown option bit(s) set\0" |
| 439 | "missing ) after comment\0" |
| 440 | "parentheses nested too deeply\0" /** DEAD **/ |
| 441 | /* 20 */ |
| 442 | "regular expression is too large\0" |
| 443 | "failed to get memory\0" |
| 444 | "unmatched parentheses\0" |
| 445 | "internal error: code overflow\0" |
| 446 | "unrecognized character after (?<\0" |
| 447 | /* 25 */ |
| 448 | "lookbehind assertion is not fixed length\0" |
| 449 | "malformed number or name after (?(\0" |
| 450 | "conditional group contains more than two branches\0" |
| 451 | "assertion expected after (?(\0" |
| 452 | "(?R or (?[+-]digits must be followed by )\0" |
| 453 | /* 30 */ |
| 454 | "unknown POSIX class name\0" |
| 455 | "POSIX collating elements are not supported\0" |
| 456 | "this version of PCRE is compiled without UTF support\0" |
| 457 | "spare error\0" /** DEAD **/ |
| 458 | "character value in \\x{...} sequence is too large\0" |
| 459 | /* 35 */ |
| 460 | "invalid condition (?(0)\0" |
| 461 | "\\C not allowed in lookbehind assertion\0" |
| 462 | "PCRE does not support \\L, \\l, \\N{name}, \\U, or \\u\0" |
| 463 | "number after (?C is > 255\0" |
| 464 | "closing ) for (?C expected\0" |
| 465 | /* 40 */ |
| 466 | "recursive call could loop indefinitely\0" |
| 467 | "unrecognized character after (?P\0" |
| 468 | "syntax error in subpattern name (missing terminator)\0" |
| 469 | "two named subpatterns have the same name\0" |
| 470 | "invalid UTF-8 string\0" |
| 471 | /* 45 */ |
| 472 | "support for \\P, \\p, and \\X has not been compiled\0" |
| 473 | "malformed \\P or \\p sequence\0" |
| 474 | "unknown property name after \\P or \\p\0" |
| 475 | "subpattern name is too long (maximum " XSTRING(MAX_NAME_SIZE) " characters)\0" |
| 476 | "too many named subpatterns (maximum " XSTRING(MAX_NAME_COUNT) ")\0" |
| 477 | /* 50 */ |
| 478 | "repeated subpattern is too long\0" /** DEAD **/ |
| 479 | "octal value is greater than \\377 in 8-bit non-UTF-8 mode\0" |
| 480 | "internal error: overran compiling workspace\0" |
| 481 | "internal error: previously-checked referenced subpattern not found\0" |
| 482 | "DEFINE group contains more than one branch\0" |
| 483 | /* 55 */ |
| 484 | "repeating a DEFINE group is not allowed\0" /** DEAD **/ |
| 485 | "inconsistent NEWLINE options\0" |
| 486 | "\\g is not followed by a braced, angle-bracketed, or quoted name/number or by a plain number\0" |
| 487 | "a numbered reference must not be zero\0" |
| 488 | "an argument is not allowed for (*ACCEPT), (*FAIL), or (*COMMIT)\0" |
| 489 | /* 60 */ |
| 490 | "(*VERB) not recognized or malformed\0" |
| 491 | "number is too big\0" |
| 492 | "subpattern name expected\0" |
| 493 | "digit expected after (?+\0" |
| 494 | "] is an invalid data character in JavaScript compatibility mode\0" |
| 495 | /* 65 */ |
| 496 | "different names for subpatterns of the same number are not allowed\0" |
| 497 | "(*MARK) must have an argument\0" |
| 498 | "this version of PCRE is not compiled with Unicode property support\0" |
| 499 | "\\c must be followed by an ASCII character\0" |
| 500 | "\\k is not followed by a braced, angle-bracketed, or quoted name\0" |
| 501 | /* 70 */ |
| 502 | "internal error: unknown opcode in find_fixedlength()\0" |
| 503 | "\\N is not supported in a class\0" |
| 504 | "too many forward references\0" |
| 505 | "disallowed Unicode code point (>= 0xd800 && <= 0xdfff)\0" |
| 506 | "invalid UTF-16 string\0" |
| 507 | /* 75 */ |
| 508 | "name is too long in (*MARK), (*PRUNE), (*SKIP), or (*THEN)\0" |
| 509 | "character value in \\u.... sequence is too large\0" |
| 510 | "invalid UTF-32 string\0" |
| 511 | "setting UTF is disabled by the application\0" |
| 512 | ; |
| 513 | |
| 514 | /* Table to identify digits and hex digits. This is used when compiling |
| 515 | patterns. Note that the tables in chartables are dependent on the locale, and |
| 516 | may mark arbitrary characters as digits - but the PCRE compiling code expects |
| 517 | to handle only 0-9, a-z, and A-Z as digits when compiling. That is why we have |
| 518 | a private table here. It costs 256 bytes, but it is a lot faster than doing |
| 519 | character value tests (at least in some simple cases I timed), and in some |
| 520 | applications one wants PCRE to compile efficiently as well as match |
| 521 | efficiently. |
| 522 | |
| 523 | For convenience, we use the same bit definitions as in chartables: |
| 524 | |
| 525 | 0x04 decimal digit |
| 526 | 0x08 hexadecimal digit |
| 527 | |
| 528 | Then we can use ctype_digit and ctype_xdigit in the code. */ |
| 529 | |
| 530 | /* Using a simple comparison for decimal numbers rather than a memory read |
| 531 | is much faster, and the resulting code is simpler (the compiler turns it |
| 532 | into a subtraction and unsigned comparison). */ |
| 533 | |
| 534 | #define IS_DIGIT(x) ((x) >= CHAR_0 && (x) <= CHAR_9) |
| 535 | |
| 536 | #ifndef EBCDIC |
| 537 | |
| 538 | /* This is the "normal" case, for ASCII systems, and EBCDIC systems running in |
| 539 | UTF-8 mode. */ |
| 540 | |
| 541 | static const pcre_uint8 digitab[] = |
| 542 | { |
| 543 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 0- 7 */ |
| 544 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 8- 15 */ |
| 545 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 16- 23 */ |
| 546 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 24- 31 */ |
| 547 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* - ' */ |
| 548 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* ( - / */ |
| 549 | 0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c, /* 0 - 7 */ |
| 550 | 0x0c,0x0c,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 8 - ? */ |
| 551 | 0x00,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x00, /* @ - G */ |
| 552 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* H - O */ |
| 553 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* P - W */ |
| 554 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* X - _ */ |
| 555 | 0x00,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x00, /* ` - g */ |
| 556 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* h - o */ |
| 557 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* p - w */ |
| 558 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* x -127 */ |
| 559 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 128-135 */ |
| 560 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 136-143 */ |
| 561 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 144-151 */ |
| 562 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 152-159 */ |
| 563 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 160-167 */ |
| 564 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 168-175 */ |
| 565 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 176-183 */ |
| 566 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 184-191 */ |
| 567 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 192-199 */ |
| 568 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 200-207 */ |
| 569 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 208-215 */ |
| 570 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 216-223 */ |
| 571 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 224-231 */ |
| 572 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 232-239 */ |
| 573 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 240-247 */ |
| 574 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00};/* 248-255 */ |
| 575 | |
| 576 | #else |
| 577 | |
| 578 | /* This is the "abnormal" case, for EBCDIC systems not running in UTF-8 mode. */ |
| 579 | |
| 580 | static const pcre_uint8 digitab[] = |
| 581 | { |
| 582 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 0- 7 0 */ |
| 583 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 8- 15 */ |
| 584 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 16- 23 10 */ |
| 585 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 24- 31 */ |
| 586 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 32- 39 20 */ |
| 587 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 40- 47 */ |
| 588 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 48- 55 30 */ |
| 589 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 56- 63 */ |
| 590 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* - 71 40 */ |
| 591 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 72- | */ |
| 592 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* & - 87 50 */ |
| 593 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 88- 95 */ |
| 594 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* - -103 60 */ |
| 595 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 104- ? */ |
| 596 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 112-119 70 */ |
| 597 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 120- " */ |
| 598 | 0x00,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x00, /* 128- g 80 */ |
| 599 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* h -143 */ |
| 600 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 144- p 90 */ |
| 601 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* q -159 */ |
| 602 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 160- x A0 */ |
| 603 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* y -175 */ |
| 604 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* ^ -183 B0 */ |
| 605 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 184-191 */ |
| 606 | 0x00,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x08,0x00, /* { - G C0 */ |
| 607 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* H -207 */ |
| 608 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* } - P D0 */ |
| 609 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* Q -223 */ |
| 610 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* \ - X E0 */ |
| 611 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* Y -239 */ |
| 612 | 0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c,0x0c, /* 0 - 7 F0 */ |
| 613 | 0x0c,0x0c,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00};/* 8 -255 */ |
| 614 | |
| 615 | static const pcre_uint8 ebcdic_chartab[] = { /* chartable partial dup */ |
| 616 | 0x80,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x01,0x00,0x00, /* 0- 7 */ |
| 617 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x01,0x01,0x00,0x00, /* 8- 15 */ |
| 618 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x01,0x00,0x00, /* 16- 23 */ |
| 619 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 24- 31 */ |
| 620 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x01,0x00,0x00, /* 32- 39 */ |
| 621 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 40- 47 */ |
| 622 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 48- 55 */ |
| 623 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 56- 63 */ |
| 624 | 0x01,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* - 71 */ |
| 625 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x80,0x00,0x80,0x80,0x80, /* 72- | */ |
| 626 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* & - 87 */ |
| 627 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x80,0x80,0x80,0x00,0x00, /* 88- 95 */ |
| 628 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* - -103 */ |
| 629 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x10,0x00,0x80, /* 104- ? */ |
| 630 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 112-119 */ |
| 631 | 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 120- " */ |
| 632 | 0x00,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x12, /* 128- g */ |
| 633 | 0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* h -143 */ |
| 634 | 0x00,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12, /* 144- p */ |
| 635 | 0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* q -159 */ |
| 636 | 0x00,0x00,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12, /* 160- x */ |
| 637 | 0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* y -175 */ |
| 638 | 0x80,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* ^ -183 */ |
| 639 | 0x00,0x00,0x80,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* 184-191 */ |
| 640 | 0x80,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x1a,0x12, /* { - G */ |
| 641 | 0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* H -207 */ |
| 642 | 0x00,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12, /* } - P */ |
| 643 | 0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* Q -223 */ |
| 644 | 0x00,0x00,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12,0x12, /* \ - X */ |
| 645 | 0x12,0x12,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, /* Y -239 */ |
| 646 | 0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c,0x1c, /* 0 - 7 */ |
| 647 | 0x1c,0x1c,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00};/* 8 -255 */ |
| 648 | #endif |
| 649 | |
| 650 | |
| 651 | |
| 652 | /************************************************* |
| 653 | * Find an error text * |
| 654 | *************************************************/ |
| 655 | |
| 656 | /* The error texts are now all in one long string, to save on relocations. As |
| 657 | some of the text is of unknown length, we can't use a table of offsets. |
| 658 | Instead, just count through the strings. This is not a performance issue |
| 659 | because it happens only when there has been a compilation error. |
| 660 | |
| 661 | Argument: the error number |
| 662 | Returns: pointer to the error string |
| 663 | */ |
| 664 | |
| 665 | static const char * |
| 666 | find_error_text(int n) |
| 667 | { |
| 668 | const char *s = error_texts; |
| 669 | for (; n > 0; n--) |
| 670 | { |
| 671 | while (*s++ != CHAR_NULL) {}; |
| 672 | if (*s == CHAR_NULL) return "Error text not found (please report)"; |
| 673 | } |
| 674 | return s; |
| 675 | } |
| 676 | |
| 677 | |
| 678 | /************************************************* |
| 679 | * Expand the workspace * |
| 680 | *************************************************/ |
| 681 | |
| 682 | /* This function is called during the second compiling phase, if the number of |
| 683 | forward references fills the existing workspace, which is originally a block on |
| 684 | the stack. A larger block is obtained from malloc() unless the ultimate limit |
| 685 | has been reached or the increase will be rather small. |
| 686 | |
| 687 | Argument: pointer to the compile data block |
| 688 | Returns: 0 if all went well, else an error number |
| 689 | */ |
| 690 | |
| 691 | static int |
| 692 | expand_workspace(compile_data *cd) |
| 693 | { |
| 694 | pcre_uchar *newspace; |
| 695 | int newsize = cd->workspace_size * 2; |
| 696 | |
| 697 | if (newsize > COMPILE_WORK_SIZE_MAX) newsize = COMPILE_WORK_SIZE_MAX; |
| 698 | if (cd->workspace_size >= COMPILE_WORK_SIZE_MAX || |
| 699 | newsize - cd->workspace_size < WORK_SIZE_SAFETY_MARGIN) |
| 700 | return ERR72; |
| 701 | |
| 702 | newspace = (PUBL(malloc))(IN_UCHARS(newsize)); |
| 703 | if (newspace == NULL) return ERR21; |
| 704 | memcpy(newspace, cd->start_workspace, cd->workspace_size * sizeof(pcre_uchar)); |
| 705 | cd->hwm = (pcre_uchar *)newspace + (cd->hwm - cd->start_workspace); |
| 706 | if (cd->workspace_size > COMPILE_WORK_SIZE) |
| 707 | (PUBL(free))((void *)cd->start_workspace); |
| 708 | cd->start_workspace = newspace; |
| 709 | cd->workspace_size = newsize; |
| 710 | return 0; |
| 711 | } |
| 712 | |
| 713 | |
| 714 | |
| 715 | /************************************************* |
| 716 | * Check for counted repeat * |
| 717 | *************************************************/ |
| 718 | |
| 719 | /* This function is called when a '{' is encountered in a place where it might |
| 720 | start a quantifier. It looks ahead to see if it really is a quantifier or not. |
| 721 | It is only a quantifier if it is one of the forms {ddd} {ddd,} or {ddd,ddd} |
| 722 | where the ddds are digits. |
| 723 | |
| 724 | Arguments: |
| 725 | p pointer to the first char after '{' |
| 726 | |
| 727 | Returns: TRUE or FALSE |
| 728 | */ |
| 729 | |
| 730 | static BOOL |
| 731 | is_counted_repeat(const pcre_uchar *p) |
| 732 | { |
| 733 | if (!IS_DIGIT(*p)) return FALSE; |
| 734 | p++; |
| 735 | while (IS_DIGIT(*p)) p++; |
| 736 | if (*p == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) return TRUE; |
| 737 | |
| 738 | if (*p++ != CHAR_COMMA) return FALSE; |
| 739 | if (*p == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) return TRUE; |
| 740 | |
| 741 | if (!IS_DIGIT(*p)) return FALSE; |
| 742 | p++; |
| 743 | while (IS_DIGIT(*p)) p++; |
| 744 | |
| 745 | return (*p == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET); |
| 746 | } |
| 747 | |
| 748 | |
| 749 | |
| 750 | /************************************************* |
| 751 | * Handle escapes * |
| 752 | *************************************************/ |
| 753 | |
| 754 | /* This function is called when a \ has been encountered. It either returns a |
| 755 | positive value for a simple escape such as \n, or 0 for a data character |
| 756 | which will be placed in chptr. A backreference to group n is returned as |
| 757 | negative n. When UTF-8 is enabled, a positive value greater than 255 may |
| 758 | be returned in chptr. |
| 759 | On entry,ptr is pointing at the \. On exit, it is on the final character of the |
| 760 | escape sequence. |
| 761 | |
| 762 | Arguments: |
| 763 | ptrptr points to the pattern position pointer |
| 764 | chptr points to the data character |
| 765 | errorcodeptr points to the errorcode variable |
| 766 | bracount number of previous extracting brackets |
| 767 | options the options bits |
| 768 | isclass TRUE if inside a character class |
| 769 | |
| 770 | Returns: zero => a data character |
| 771 | positive => a special escape sequence |
| 772 | negative => a back reference |
| 773 | on error, errorcodeptr is set |
| 774 | */ |
| 775 | |
| 776 | static int |
| 777 | check_escape(const pcre_uchar **ptrptr, pcre_uint32 *chptr, int *errorcodeptr, |
| 778 | int bracount, int options, BOOL isclass) |
| 779 | { |
| 780 | /* PCRE_UTF16 has the same value as PCRE_UTF8. */ |
| 781 | BOOL utf = (options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0; |
| 782 | const pcre_uchar *ptr = *ptrptr + 1; |
| 783 | pcre_uint32 c; |
| 784 | int escape = 0; |
| 785 | int i; |
| 786 | |
| 787 | GETCHARINCTEST(c, ptr); /* Get character value, increment pointer */ |
| 788 | ptr--; /* Set pointer back to the last byte */ |
| 789 | |
| 790 | /* If backslash is at the end of the pattern, it's an error. */ |
| 791 | |
| 792 | if (c == CHAR_NULL) *errorcodeptr = ERR1; |
| 793 | |
| 794 | /* Non-alphanumerics are literals. For digits or letters, do an initial lookup |
| 795 | in a table. A non-zero result is something that can be returned immediately. |
| 796 | Otherwise further processing may be required. */ |
| 797 | |
| 798 | #ifndef EBCDIC /* ASCII/UTF-8 coding */ |
| 799 | /* Not alphanumeric */ |
| 800 | else if (c < CHAR_0 || c > CHAR_z) {} |
| 801 | else if ((i = escapes[c - CHAR_0]) != 0) |
| 802 | { if (i > 0) c = (pcre_uint32)i; else escape = -i; } |
| 803 | |
| 804 | #else /* EBCDIC coding */ |
| 805 | /* Not alphanumeric */ |
| 806 | else if (c < CHAR_a || (!MAX_255(c) || (ebcdic_chartab[c] & 0x0E) == 0)) {} |
| 807 | else if ((i = escapes[c - 0x48]) != 0) { if (i > 0) c = (pcre_uint32)i; else escape = -i; } |
| 808 | #endif |
| 809 | |
| 810 | /* Escapes that need further processing, or are illegal. */ |
| 811 | |
| 812 | else |
| 813 | { |
| 814 | const pcre_uchar *oldptr; |
| 815 | BOOL braced, negated, overflow; |
| 816 | int s; |
| 817 | |
| 818 | switch (c) |
| 819 | { |
| 820 | /* A number of Perl escapes are not handled by PCRE. We give an explicit |
| 821 | error. */ |
| 822 | |
| 823 | case CHAR_l: |
| 824 | case CHAR_L: |
| 825 | *errorcodeptr = ERR37; |
| 826 | break; |
| 827 | |
| 828 | case CHAR_u: |
| 829 | if ((options & PCRE_JAVASCRIPT_COMPAT) != 0) |
| 830 | { |
| 831 | /* In JavaScript, \u must be followed by four hexadecimal numbers. |
| 832 | Otherwise it is a lowercase u letter. */ |
| 833 | if (MAX_255(ptr[1]) && (digitab[ptr[1]] & ctype_xdigit) != 0 |
| 834 | && MAX_255(ptr[2]) && (digitab[ptr[2]] & ctype_xdigit) != 0 |
| 835 | && MAX_255(ptr[3]) && (digitab[ptr[3]] & ctype_xdigit) != 0 |
| 836 | && MAX_255(ptr[4]) && (digitab[ptr[4]] & ctype_xdigit) != 0) |
| 837 | { |
| 838 | c = 0; |
| 839 | for (i = 0; i < 4; ++i) |
| 840 | { |
| 841 | register pcre_uint32 cc = *(++ptr); |
| 842 | #ifndef EBCDIC /* ASCII/UTF-8 coding */ |
| 843 | if (cc >= CHAR_a) cc -= 32; /* Convert to upper case */ |
| 844 | c = (c << 4) + cc - ((cc < CHAR_A)? CHAR_0 : (CHAR_A - 10)); |
| 845 | #else /* EBCDIC coding */ |
| 846 | if (cc >= CHAR_a && cc <= CHAR_z) cc += 64; /* Convert to upper case */ |
| 847 | c = (c << 4) + cc - ((cc >= CHAR_0)? CHAR_0 : (CHAR_A - 10)); |
| 848 | #endif |
| 849 | } |
| 850 | |
| 851 | #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 |
| 852 | if (c > (utf ? 0x10ffffU : 0xffU)) |
| 853 | #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 |
| 854 | if (c > (utf ? 0x10ffffU : 0xffffU)) |
| 855 | #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 |
| 856 | if (utf && c > 0x10ffffU) |
| 857 | #endif |
| 858 | { |
| 859 | *errorcodeptr = ERR76; |
| 860 | } |
| 861 | else if (utf && c >= 0xd800 && c <= 0xdfff) *errorcodeptr = ERR73; |
| 862 | } |
| 863 | } |
| 864 | else |
| 865 | *errorcodeptr = ERR37; |
| 866 | break; |
| 867 | |
| 868 | case CHAR_U: |
| 869 | /* In JavaScript, \U is an uppercase U letter. */ |
| 870 | if ((options & PCRE_JAVASCRIPT_COMPAT) == 0) *errorcodeptr = ERR37; |
| 871 | break; |
| 872 | |
| 873 | /* In a character class, \g is just a literal "g". Outside a character |
| 874 | class, \g must be followed by one of a number of specific things: |
| 875 | |
| 876 | (1) A number, either plain or braced. If positive, it is an absolute |
| 877 | backreference. If negative, it is a relative backreference. This is a Perl |
| 878 | 5.10 feature. |
| 879 | |
| 880 | (2) Perl 5.10 also supports \g{name} as a reference to a named group. This |
| 881 | is part of Perl's movement towards a unified syntax for back references. As |
| 882 | this is synonymous with \k{name}, we fudge it up by pretending it really |
| 883 | was \k. |
| 884 | |
| 885 | (3) For Oniguruma compatibility we also support \g followed by a name or a |
| 886 | number either in angle brackets or in single quotes. However, these are |
| 887 | (possibly recursive) subroutine calls, _not_ backreferences. Just return |
| 888 | the ESC_g code (cf \k). */ |
| 889 | |
| 890 | case CHAR_g: |
| 891 | if (isclass) break; |
| 892 | if (ptr[1] == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN || ptr[1] == CHAR_APOSTROPHE) |
| 893 | { |
| 894 | escape = ESC_g; |
| 895 | break; |
| 896 | } |
| 897 | |
| 898 | /* Handle the Perl-compatible cases */ |
| 899 | |
| 900 | if (ptr[1] == CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET) |
| 901 | { |
| 902 | const pcre_uchar *p; |
| 903 | for (p = ptr+2; *p != CHAR_NULL && *p != CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET; p++) |
| 904 | if (*p != CHAR_MINUS && !IS_DIGIT(*p)) break; |
| 905 | if (*p != CHAR_NULL && *p != CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) |
| 906 | { |
| 907 | escape = ESC_k; |
| 908 | break; |
| 909 | } |
| 910 | braced = TRUE; |
| 911 | ptr++; |
| 912 | } |
| 913 | else braced = FALSE; |
| 914 | |
| 915 | if (ptr[1] == CHAR_MINUS) |
| 916 | { |
| 917 | negated = TRUE; |
| 918 | ptr++; |
| 919 | } |
| 920 | else negated = FALSE; |
| 921 | |
| 922 | /* The integer range is limited by the machine's int representation. */ |
| 923 | s = 0; |
| 924 | overflow = FALSE; |
| 925 | while (IS_DIGIT(ptr[1])) |
| 926 | { |
| 927 | if (s > INT_MAX / 10 - 1) /* Integer overflow */ |
| 928 | { |
| 929 | overflow = TRUE; |
| 930 | break; |
| 931 | } |
| 932 | s = s * 10 + (int)(*(++ptr) - CHAR_0); |
| 933 | } |
| 934 | if (overflow) /* Integer overflow */ |
| 935 | { |
| 936 | while (IS_DIGIT(ptr[1])) |
| 937 | ptr++; |
| 938 | *errorcodeptr = ERR61; |
| 939 | break; |
| 940 | } |
| 941 | |
| 942 | if (braced && *(++ptr) != CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) |
| 943 | { |
| 944 | *errorcodeptr = ERR57; |
| 945 | break; |
| 946 | } |
| 947 | |
| 948 | if (s == 0) |
| 949 | { |
| 950 | *errorcodeptr = ERR58; |
| 951 | break; |
| 952 | } |
| 953 | |
| 954 | if (negated) |
| 955 | { |
| 956 | if (s > bracount) |
| 957 | { |
| 958 | *errorcodeptr = ERR15; |
| 959 | break; |
| 960 | } |
| 961 | s = bracount - (s - 1); |
| 962 | } |
| 963 | |
| 964 | escape = -s; |
| 965 | break; |
| 966 | |
| 967 | /* The handling of escape sequences consisting of a string of digits |
| 968 | starting with one that is not zero is not straightforward. By experiment, |
| 969 | the way Perl works seems to be as follows: |
| 970 | |
| 971 | Outside a character class, the digits are read as a decimal number. If the |
| 972 | number is less than 10, or if there are that many previous extracting |
| 973 | left brackets, then it is a back reference. Otherwise, up to three octal |
| 974 | digits are read to form an escaped byte. Thus \123 is likely to be octal |
| 975 | 123 (cf \0123, which is octal 012 followed by the literal 3). If the octal |
| 976 | value is greater than 377, the least significant 8 bits are taken. Inside a |
| 977 | character class, \ followed by a digit is always an octal number. */ |
| 978 | |
| 979 | case CHAR_1: case CHAR_2: case CHAR_3: case CHAR_4: case CHAR_5: |
| 980 | case CHAR_6: case CHAR_7: case CHAR_8: case CHAR_9: |
| 981 | |
| 982 | if (!isclass) |
| 983 | { |
| 984 | oldptr = ptr; |
| 985 | /* The integer range is limited by the machine's int representation. */ |
| 986 | s = (int)(c -CHAR_0); |
| 987 | overflow = FALSE; |
| 988 | while (IS_DIGIT(ptr[1])) |
| 989 | { |
| 990 | if (s > INT_MAX / 10 - 1) /* Integer overflow */ |
| 991 | { |
| 992 | overflow = TRUE; |
| 993 | break; |
| 994 | } |
| 995 | s = s * 10 + (int)(*(++ptr) - CHAR_0); |
| 996 | } |
| 997 | if (overflow) /* Integer overflow */ |
| 998 | { |
| 999 | while (IS_DIGIT(ptr[1])) |
| 1000 | ptr++; |
| 1001 | *errorcodeptr = ERR61; |
| 1002 | break; |
| 1003 | } |
| 1004 | if (s < 10 || s <= bracount) |
| 1005 | { |
| 1006 | escape = -s; |
| 1007 | break; |
| 1008 | } |
| 1009 | ptr = oldptr; /* Put the pointer back and fall through */ |
| 1010 | } |
| 1011 | |
| 1012 | /* Handle an octal number following \. If the first digit is 8 or 9, Perl |
| 1013 | generates a binary zero byte and treats the digit as a following literal. |
| 1014 | Thus we have to pull back the pointer by one. */ |
| 1015 | |
| 1016 | if ((c = *ptr) >= CHAR_8) |
| 1017 | { |
| 1018 | ptr--; |
| 1019 | c = 0; |
| 1020 | break; |
| 1021 | } |
| 1022 | |
| 1023 | /* \0 always starts an octal number, but we may drop through to here with a |
| 1024 | larger first octal digit. The original code used just to take the least |
| 1025 | significant 8 bits of octal numbers (I think this is what early Perls used |
| 1026 | to do). Nowadays we allow for larger numbers in UTF-8 mode and 16-bit mode, |
| 1027 | but no more than 3 octal digits. */ |
| 1028 | |
| 1029 | case CHAR_0: |
| 1030 | c -= CHAR_0; |
| 1031 | while(i++ < 2 && ptr[1] >= CHAR_0 && ptr[1] <= CHAR_7) |
| 1032 | c = c * 8 + *(++ptr) - CHAR_0; |
| 1033 | #ifdef COMPILE_PCRE8 |
| 1034 | if (!utf && c > 0xff) *errorcodeptr = ERR51; |
| 1035 | #endif |
| 1036 | break; |
| 1037 | |
| 1038 | /* \x is complicated. \x{ddd} is a character number which can be greater |
| 1039 | than 0xff in utf or non-8bit mode, but only if the ddd are hex digits. |
| 1040 | If not, { is treated as a data character. */ |
| 1041 | |
| 1042 | case CHAR_x: |
| 1043 | if ((options & PCRE_JAVASCRIPT_COMPAT) != 0) |
| 1044 | { |
| 1045 | /* In JavaScript, \x must be followed by two hexadecimal numbers. |
| 1046 | Otherwise it is a lowercase x letter. */ |
| 1047 | if (MAX_255(ptr[1]) && (digitab[ptr[1]] & ctype_xdigit) != 0 |
| 1048 | && MAX_255(ptr[2]) && (digitab[ptr[2]] & ctype_xdigit) != 0) |
| 1049 | { |
| 1050 | c = 0; |
| 1051 | for (i = 0; i < 2; ++i) |
| 1052 | { |
| 1053 | register pcre_uint32 cc = *(++ptr); |
| 1054 | #ifndef EBCDIC /* ASCII/UTF-8 coding */ |
| 1055 | if (cc >= CHAR_a) cc -= 32; /* Convert to upper case */ |
| 1056 | c = (c << 4) + cc - ((cc < CHAR_A)? CHAR_0 : (CHAR_A - 10)); |
| 1057 | #else /* EBCDIC coding */ |
| 1058 | if (cc >= CHAR_a && cc <= CHAR_z) cc += 64; /* Convert to upper case */ |
| 1059 | c = (c << 4) + cc - ((cc >= CHAR_0)? CHAR_0 : (CHAR_A - 10)); |
| 1060 | #endif |
| 1061 | } |
| 1062 | } |
| 1063 | break; |
| 1064 | } |
| 1065 | |
| 1066 | if (ptr[1] == CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET) |
| 1067 | { |
| 1068 | const pcre_uchar *pt = ptr + 2; |
| 1069 | |
| 1070 | c = 0; |
| 1071 | overflow = FALSE; |
| 1072 | while (MAX_255(*pt) && (digitab[*pt] & ctype_xdigit) != 0) |
| 1073 | { |
| 1074 | register pcre_uint32 cc = *pt++; |
| 1075 | if (c == 0 && cc == CHAR_0) continue; /* Leading zeroes */ |
| 1076 | |
| 1077 | #ifdef COMPILE_PCRE32 |
| 1078 | if (c >= 0x10000000l) { overflow = TRUE; break; } |
| 1079 | #endif |
| 1080 | |
| 1081 | #ifndef EBCDIC /* ASCII/UTF-8 coding */ |
| 1082 | if (cc >= CHAR_a) cc -= 32; /* Convert to upper case */ |
| 1083 | c = (c << 4) + cc - ((cc < CHAR_A)? CHAR_0 : (CHAR_A - 10)); |
| 1084 | #else /* EBCDIC coding */ |
| 1085 | if (cc >= CHAR_a && cc <= CHAR_z) cc += 64; /* Convert to upper case */ |
| 1086 | c = (c << 4) + cc - ((cc >= CHAR_0)? CHAR_0 : (CHAR_A - 10)); |
| 1087 | #endif |
| 1088 | |
| 1089 | #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 |
| 1090 | if (c > (utf ? 0x10ffffU : 0xffU)) { overflow = TRUE; break; } |
| 1091 | #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 |
| 1092 | if (c > (utf ? 0x10ffffU : 0xffffU)) { overflow = TRUE; break; } |
| 1093 | #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE32 |
| 1094 | if (utf && c > 0x10ffffU) { overflow = TRUE; break; } |
| 1095 | #endif |
| 1096 | } |
| 1097 | |
| 1098 | if (overflow) |
| 1099 | { |
| 1100 | while (MAX_255(*pt) && (digitab[*pt] & ctype_xdigit) != 0) pt++; |
| 1101 | *errorcodeptr = ERR34; |
| 1102 | } |
| 1103 | |
| 1104 | if (*pt == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) |
| 1105 | { |
| 1106 | if (utf && c >= 0xd800 && c <= 0xdfff) *errorcodeptr = ERR73; |
| 1107 | ptr = pt; |
| 1108 | break; |
| 1109 | } |
| 1110 | |
| 1111 | /* If the sequence of hex digits does not end with '}', then we don't |
| 1112 | recognize this construct; fall through to the normal \x handling. */ |
| 1113 | } |
| 1114 | |
| 1115 | /* Read just a single-byte hex-defined char */ |
| 1116 | |
| 1117 | c = 0; |
| 1118 | while (i++ < 2 && MAX_255(ptr[1]) && (digitab[ptr[1]] & ctype_xdigit) != 0) |
| 1119 | { |
| 1120 | pcre_uint32 cc; /* Some compilers don't like */ |
| 1121 | cc = *(++ptr); /* ++ in initializers */ |
| 1122 | #ifndef EBCDIC /* ASCII/UTF-8 coding */ |
| 1123 | if (cc >= CHAR_a) cc -= 32; /* Convert to upper case */ |
| 1124 | c = c * 16 + cc - ((cc < CHAR_A)? CHAR_0 : (CHAR_A - 10)); |
| 1125 | #else /* EBCDIC coding */ |
| 1126 | if (cc <= CHAR_z) cc += 64; /* Convert to upper case */ |
| 1127 | c = c * 16 + cc - ((cc >= CHAR_0)? CHAR_0 : (CHAR_A - 10)); |
| 1128 | #endif |
| 1129 | } |
| 1130 | break; |
| 1131 | |
| 1132 | /* For \c, a following letter is upper-cased; then the 0x40 bit is flipped. |
| 1133 | An error is given if the byte following \c is not an ASCII character. This |
| 1134 | coding is ASCII-specific, but then the whole concept of \cx is |
| 1135 | ASCII-specific. (However, an EBCDIC equivalent has now been added.) */ |
| 1136 | |
| 1137 | case CHAR_c: |
| 1138 | c = *(++ptr); |
| 1139 | if (c == CHAR_NULL) |
| 1140 | { |
| 1141 | *errorcodeptr = ERR2; |
| 1142 | break; |
| 1143 | } |
| 1144 | #ifndef EBCDIC /* ASCII/UTF-8 coding */ |
| 1145 | if (c > 127) /* Excludes all non-ASCII in either mode */ |
| 1146 | { |
| 1147 | *errorcodeptr = ERR68; |
| 1148 | break; |
| 1149 | } |
| 1150 | if (c >= CHAR_a && c <= CHAR_z) c -= 32; |
| 1151 | c ^= 0x40; |
| 1152 | #else /* EBCDIC coding */ |
| 1153 | if (c >= CHAR_a && c <= CHAR_z) c += 64; |
| 1154 | c ^= 0xC0; |
| 1155 | #endif |
| 1156 | break; |
| 1157 | |
| 1158 | /* PCRE_EXTRA enables extensions to Perl in the matter of escapes. Any |
| 1159 | other alphanumeric following \ is an error if PCRE_EXTRA was set; |
| 1160 | otherwise, for Perl compatibility, it is a literal. This code looks a bit |
| 1161 | odd, but there used to be some cases other than the default, and there may |
| 1162 | be again in future, so I haven't "optimized" it. */ |
| 1163 | |
| 1164 | default: |
| 1165 | if ((options & PCRE_EXTRA) != 0) switch(c) |
| 1166 | { |
| 1167 | default: |
| 1168 | *errorcodeptr = ERR3; |
| 1169 | break; |
| 1170 | } |
| 1171 | break; |
| 1172 | } |
| 1173 | } |
| 1174 | |
| 1175 | /* Perl supports \N{name} for character names, as well as plain \N for "not |
| 1176 | newline". PCRE does not support \N{name}. However, it does support |
| 1177 | quantification such as \N{2,3}. */ |
| 1178 | |
| 1179 | if (escape == ESC_N && ptr[1] == CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET && |
| 1180 | !is_counted_repeat(ptr+2)) |
| 1181 | *errorcodeptr = ERR37; |
| 1182 | |
| 1183 | /* If PCRE_UCP is set, we change the values for \d etc. */ |
| 1184 | |
| 1185 | if ((options & PCRE_UCP) != 0 && escape >= ESC_D && escape <= ESC_w) |
| 1186 | escape += (ESC_DU - ESC_D); |
| 1187 | |
| 1188 | /* Set the pointer to the final character before returning. */ |
| 1189 | |
| 1190 | *ptrptr = ptr; |
| 1191 | *chptr = c; |
| 1192 | return escape; |
| 1193 | } |
| 1194 | |
| 1195 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
| 1196 | /************************************************* |
| 1197 | * Handle \P and \p * |
| 1198 | *************************************************/ |
| 1199 | |
| 1200 | /* This function is called after \P or \p has been encountered, provided that |
| 1201 | PCRE is compiled with support for Unicode properties. On entry, ptrptr is |
| 1202 | pointing at the P or p. On exit, it is pointing at the final character of the |
| 1203 | escape sequence. |
| 1204 | |
| 1205 | Argument: |
| 1206 | ptrptr points to the pattern position pointer |
| 1207 | negptr points to a boolean that is set TRUE for negation else FALSE |
| 1208 | ptypeptr points to an unsigned int that is set to the type value |
| 1209 | pdataptr points to an unsigned int that is set to the detailed property value |
| 1210 | errorcodeptr points to the error code variable |
| 1211 | |
| 1212 | Returns: TRUE if the type value was found, or FALSE for an invalid type |
| 1213 | */ |
| 1214 | |
| 1215 | static BOOL |
| 1216 | get_ucp(const pcre_uchar **ptrptr, BOOL *negptr, unsigned int *ptypeptr, |
| 1217 | unsigned int *pdataptr, int *errorcodeptr) |
| 1218 | { |
| 1219 | pcre_uchar c; |
| 1220 | int i, bot, top; |
| 1221 | const pcre_uchar *ptr = *ptrptr; |
| 1222 | pcre_uchar name[32]; |
| 1223 | |
| 1224 | c = *(++ptr); |
| 1225 | if (c == CHAR_NULL) goto ERROR_RETURN; |
| 1226 | |
| 1227 | *negptr = FALSE; |
| 1228 | |
| 1229 | /* \P or \p can be followed by a name in {}, optionally preceded by ^ for |
| 1230 | negation. */ |
| 1231 | |
| 1232 | if (c == CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET) |
| 1233 | { |
| 1234 | if (ptr[1] == CHAR_CIRCUMFLEX_ACCENT) |
| 1235 | { |
| 1236 | *negptr = TRUE; |
| 1237 | ptr++; |
| 1238 | } |
| 1239 | for (i = 0; i < (int)(sizeof(name) / sizeof(pcre_uchar)) - 1; i++) |
| 1240 | { |
| 1241 | c = *(++ptr); |
| 1242 | if (c == CHAR_NULL) goto ERROR_RETURN; |
| 1243 | if (c == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) break; |
| 1244 | name[i] = c; |
| 1245 | } |
| 1246 | if (c != CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) goto ERROR_RETURN; |
| 1247 | name[i] = 0; |
| 1248 | } |
| 1249 | |
| 1250 | /* Otherwise there is just one following character */ |
| 1251 | |
| 1252 | else |
| 1253 | { |
| 1254 | name[0] = c; |
| 1255 | name[1] = 0; |
| 1256 | } |
| 1257 | |
| 1258 | *ptrptr = ptr; |
| 1259 | |
| 1260 | /* Search for a recognized property name using binary chop */ |
| 1261 | |
| 1262 | bot = 0; |
| 1263 | top = PRIV(utt_size); |
| 1264 | |
| 1265 | while (bot < top) |
| 1266 | { |
| 1267 | int r; |
| 1268 | i = (bot + top) >> 1; |
| 1269 | r = STRCMP_UC_C8(name, PRIV(utt_names) + PRIV(utt)[i].name_offset); |
| 1270 | if (r == 0) |
| 1271 | { |
| 1272 | *ptypeptr = PRIV(utt)[i].type; |
| 1273 | *pdataptr = PRIV(utt)[i].value; |
| 1274 | return TRUE; |
| 1275 | } |
| 1276 | if (r > 0) bot = i + 1; else top = i; |
| 1277 | } |
| 1278 | |
| 1279 | *errorcodeptr = ERR47; |
| 1280 | *ptrptr = ptr; |
| 1281 | return FALSE; |
| 1282 | |
| 1283 | ERROR_RETURN: |
| 1284 | *errorcodeptr = ERR46; |
| 1285 | *ptrptr = ptr; |
| 1286 | return FALSE; |
| 1287 | } |
| 1288 | #endif |
| 1289 | |
| 1290 | |
| 1291 | |
| 1292 | |
| 1293 | /************************************************* |
| 1294 | * Read repeat counts * |
| 1295 | *************************************************/ |
| 1296 | |
| 1297 | /* Read an item of the form {n,m} and return the values. This is called only |
| 1298 | after is_counted_repeat() has confirmed that a repeat-count quantifier exists, |
| 1299 | so the syntax is guaranteed to be correct, but we need to check the values. |
| 1300 | |
| 1301 | Arguments: |
| 1302 | p pointer to first char after '{' |
| 1303 | minp pointer to int for min |
| 1304 | maxp pointer to int for max |
| 1305 | returned as -1 if no max |
| 1306 | errorcodeptr points to error code variable |
| 1307 | |
| 1308 | Returns: pointer to '}' on success; |
| 1309 | current ptr on error, with errorcodeptr set non-zero |
| 1310 | */ |
| 1311 | |
| 1312 | static const pcre_uchar * |
| 1313 | read_repeat_counts(const pcre_uchar *p, int *minp, int *maxp, int *errorcodeptr) |
| 1314 | { |
| 1315 | int min = 0; |
| 1316 | int max = -1; |
| 1317 | |
| 1318 | /* Read the minimum value and do a paranoid check: a negative value indicates |
| 1319 | an integer overflow. */ |
| 1320 | |
| 1321 | while (IS_DIGIT(*p)) min = min * 10 + (int)(*p++ - CHAR_0); |
| 1322 | if (min < 0 || min > 65535) |
| 1323 | { |
| 1324 | *errorcodeptr = ERR5; |
| 1325 | return p; |
| 1326 | } |
| 1327 | |
| 1328 | /* Read the maximum value if there is one, and again do a paranoid on its size. |
| 1329 | Also, max must not be less than min. */ |
| 1330 | |
| 1331 | if (*p == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) max = min; else |
| 1332 | { |
| 1333 | if (*(++p) != CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) |
| 1334 | { |
| 1335 | max = 0; |
| 1336 | while(IS_DIGIT(*p)) max = max * 10 + (int)(*p++ - CHAR_0); |
| 1337 | if (max < 0 || max > 65535) |
| 1338 | { |
| 1339 | *errorcodeptr = ERR5; |
| 1340 | return p; |
| 1341 | } |
| 1342 | if (max < min) |
| 1343 | { |
| 1344 | *errorcodeptr = ERR4; |
| 1345 | return p; |
| 1346 | } |
| 1347 | } |
| 1348 | } |
| 1349 | |
| 1350 | /* Fill in the required variables, and pass back the pointer to the terminating |
| 1351 | '}'. */ |
| 1352 | |
| 1353 | *minp = min; |
| 1354 | *maxp = max; |
| 1355 | return p; |
| 1356 | } |
| 1357 | |
| 1358 | |
| 1359 | |
| 1360 | /************************************************* |
| 1361 | * Subroutine for finding forward reference * |
| 1362 | *************************************************/ |
| 1363 | |
| 1364 | /* This recursive function is called only from find_parens() below. The |
| 1365 | top-level call starts at the beginning of the pattern. All other calls must |
| 1366 | start at a parenthesis. It scans along a pattern's text looking for capturing |
| 1367 | subpatterns, and counting them. If it finds a named pattern that matches the |
| 1368 | name it is given, it returns its number. Alternatively, if the name is NULL, it |
| 1369 | returns when it reaches a given numbered subpattern. Recursion is used to keep |
| 1370 | track of subpatterns that reset the capturing group numbers - the (?| feature. |
| 1371 | |
| 1372 | This function was originally called only from the second pass, in which we know |
| 1373 | that if (?< or (?' or (?P< is encountered, the name will be correctly |
| 1374 | terminated because that is checked in the first pass. There is now one call to |
| 1375 | this function in the first pass, to check for a recursive back reference by |
| 1376 | name (so that we can make the whole group atomic). In this case, we need check |
| 1377 | only up to the current position in the pattern, and that is still OK because |
| 1378 | and previous occurrences will have been checked. To make this work, the test |
| 1379 | for "end of pattern" is a check against cd->end_pattern in the main loop, |
| 1380 | instead of looking for a binary zero. This means that the special first-pass |
| 1381 | call can adjust cd->end_pattern temporarily. (Checks for binary zero while |
| 1382 | processing items within the loop are OK, because afterwards the main loop will |
| 1383 | terminate.) |
| 1384 | |
| 1385 | Arguments: |
| 1386 | ptrptr address of the current character pointer (updated) |
| 1387 | cd compile background data |
| 1388 | name name to seek, or NULL if seeking a numbered subpattern |
| 1389 | lorn name length, or subpattern number if name is NULL |
| 1390 | xmode TRUE if we are in /x mode |
| 1391 | utf TRUE if we are in UTF-8 / UTF-16 / UTF-32 mode |
| 1392 | count pointer to the current capturing subpattern number (updated) |
| 1393 | |
| 1394 | Returns: the number of the named subpattern, or -1 if not found |
| 1395 | */ |
| 1396 | |
| 1397 | static int |
| 1398 | find_parens_sub(pcre_uchar **ptrptr, compile_data *cd, const pcre_uchar *name, int lorn, |
| 1399 | BOOL xmode, BOOL utf, int *count) |
| 1400 | { |
| 1401 | pcre_uchar *ptr = *ptrptr; |
| 1402 | int start_count = *count; |
| 1403 | int hwm_count = start_count; |
| 1404 | BOOL dup_parens = FALSE; |
| 1405 | |
| 1406 | /* If the first character is a parenthesis, check on the type of group we are |
| 1407 | dealing with. The very first call may not start with a parenthesis. */ |
| 1408 | |
| 1409 | if (ptr[0] == CHAR_LEFT_PARENTHESIS) |
| 1410 | { |
| 1411 | /* Handle specials such as (*SKIP) or (*UTF8) etc. */ |
| 1412 | |
| 1413 | if (ptr[1] == CHAR_ASTERISK) |
| 1414 | { |
| 1415 | ptr += 2; |
| 1416 | while (ptr < cd->end_pattern && *ptr != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS) ptr++; |
| 1417 | } |
| 1418 | |
| 1419 | /* Handle a normal, unnamed capturing parenthesis. */ |
| 1420 | |
| 1421 | else if (ptr[1] != CHAR_QUESTION_MARK) |
| 1422 | { |
| 1423 | *count += 1; |
| 1424 | if (name == NULL && *count == lorn) return *count; |
| 1425 | ptr++; |
| 1426 | } |
| 1427 | |
| 1428 | /* All cases now have (? at the start. Remember when we are in a group |
| 1429 | where the parenthesis numbers are duplicated. */ |
| 1430 | |
| 1431 | else if (ptr[2] == CHAR_VERTICAL_LINE) |
| 1432 | { |
| 1433 | ptr += 3; |
| 1434 | dup_parens = TRUE; |
| 1435 | } |
| 1436 | |
| 1437 | /* Handle comments; all characters are allowed until a ket is reached. */ |
| 1438 | |
| 1439 | else if (ptr[2] == CHAR_NUMBER_SIGN) |
| 1440 | { |
| 1441 | for (ptr += 3; *ptr != CHAR_NULL; ptr++) |
| 1442 | if (*ptr == CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS) break; |
| 1443 | goto FAIL_EXIT; |
| 1444 | } |
| 1445 | |
| 1446 | /* Handle a condition. If it is an assertion, just carry on so that it |
| 1447 | is processed as normal. If not, skip to the closing parenthesis of the |
| 1448 | condition (there can't be any nested parens). */ |
| 1449 | |
| 1450 | else if (ptr[2] == CHAR_LEFT_PARENTHESIS) |
| 1451 | { |
| 1452 | ptr += 2; |
| 1453 | if (ptr[1] != CHAR_QUESTION_MARK) |
| 1454 | { |
| 1455 | while (*ptr != CHAR_NULL && *ptr != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS) ptr++; |
| 1456 | if (*ptr != CHAR_NULL) ptr++; |
| 1457 | } |
| 1458 | } |
| 1459 | |
| 1460 | /* Start with (? but not a condition. */ |
| 1461 | |
| 1462 | else |
| 1463 | { |
| 1464 | ptr += 2; |
| 1465 | if (*ptr == CHAR_P) ptr++; /* Allow optional P */ |
| 1466 | |
| 1467 | /* We have to disambiguate (?<! and (?<= from (?<name> for named groups */ |
| 1468 | |
| 1469 | if ((*ptr == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN && ptr[1] != CHAR_EXCLAMATION_MARK && |
| 1470 | ptr[1] != CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN) || *ptr == CHAR_APOSTROPHE) |
| 1471 | { |
| 1472 | pcre_uchar term; |
| 1473 | const pcre_uchar *thisname; |
| 1474 | *count += 1; |
| 1475 | if (name == NULL && *count == lorn) return *count; |
| 1476 | term = *ptr++; |
| 1477 | if (term == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN) term = CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN; |
| 1478 | thisname = ptr; |
| 1479 | while (*ptr != term) ptr++; |
| 1480 | if (name != NULL && lorn == (int)(ptr - thisname) && |
| 1481 | STRNCMP_UC_UC(name, thisname, (unsigned int)lorn) == 0) |
| 1482 | return *count; |
| 1483 | term++; |
| 1484 | } |
| 1485 | } |
| 1486 | } |
| 1487 | |
| 1488 | /* Past any initial parenthesis handling, scan for parentheses or vertical |
| 1489 | bars. Stop if we get to cd->end_pattern. Note that this is important for the |
| 1490 | first-pass call when this value is temporarily adjusted to stop at the current |
| 1491 | position. So DO NOT change this to a test for binary zero. */ |
| 1492 | |
| 1493 | for (; ptr < cd->end_pattern; ptr++) |
| 1494 | { |
| 1495 | /* Skip over backslashed characters and also entire \Q...\E */ |
| 1496 | |
| 1497 | if (*ptr == CHAR_BACKSLASH) |
| 1498 | { |
| 1499 | if (*(++ptr) == CHAR_NULL) goto FAIL_EXIT; |
| 1500 | if (*ptr == CHAR_Q) for (;;) |
| 1501 | { |
| 1502 | while (*(++ptr) != CHAR_NULL && *ptr != CHAR_BACKSLASH) {}; |
| 1503 | if (*ptr == CHAR_NULL) goto FAIL_EXIT; |
| 1504 | if (*(++ptr) == CHAR_E) break; |
| 1505 | } |
| 1506 | continue; |
| 1507 | } |
| 1508 | |
| 1509 | /* Skip over character classes; this logic must be similar to the way they |
| 1510 | are handled for real. If the first character is '^', skip it. Also, if the |
| 1511 | first few characters (either before or after ^) are \Q\E or \E we skip them |
| 1512 | too. This makes for compatibility with Perl. Note the use of STR macros to |
| 1513 | encode "Q\\E" so that it works in UTF-8 on EBCDIC platforms. */ |
| 1514 | |
| 1515 | if (*ptr == CHAR_LEFT_SQUARE_BRACKET) |
| 1516 | { |
| 1517 | BOOL negate_class = FALSE; |
| 1518 | for (;;) |
| 1519 | { |
| 1520 | if (ptr[1] == CHAR_BACKSLASH) |
| 1521 | { |
| 1522 | if (ptr[2] == CHAR_E) |
| 1523 | ptr+= 2; |
| 1524 | else if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr + 2, |
| 1525 | STR_Q STR_BACKSLASH STR_E, 3) == 0) |
| 1526 | ptr += 4; |
| 1527 | else |
| 1528 | break; |
| 1529 | } |
| 1530 | else if (!negate_class && ptr[1] == CHAR_CIRCUMFLEX_ACCENT) |
| 1531 | { |
| 1532 | negate_class = TRUE; |
| 1533 | ptr++; |
| 1534 | } |
| 1535 | else break; |
| 1536 | } |
| 1537 | |
| 1538 | /* If the next character is ']', it is a data character that must be |
| 1539 | skipped, except in JavaScript compatibility mode. */ |
| 1540 | |
| 1541 | if (ptr[1] == CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET && |
| 1542 | (cd->external_options & PCRE_JAVASCRIPT_COMPAT) == 0) |
| 1543 | ptr++; |
| 1544 | |
| 1545 | while (*(++ptr) != CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET) |
| 1546 | { |
| 1547 | if (*ptr == CHAR_NULL) return -1; |
| 1548 | if (*ptr == CHAR_BACKSLASH) |
| 1549 | { |
| 1550 | if (*(++ptr) == CHAR_NULL) goto FAIL_EXIT; |
| 1551 | if (*ptr == CHAR_Q) for (;;) |
| 1552 | { |
| 1553 | while (*(++ptr) != CHAR_NULL && *ptr != CHAR_BACKSLASH) {}; |
| 1554 | if (*ptr == CHAR_NULL) goto FAIL_EXIT; |
| 1555 | if (*(++ptr) == CHAR_E) break; |
| 1556 | } |
| 1557 | continue; |
| 1558 | } |
| 1559 | } |
| 1560 | continue; |
| 1561 | } |
| 1562 | |
| 1563 | /* Skip comments in /x mode */ |
| 1564 | |
| 1565 | if (xmode && *ptr == CHAR_NUMBER_SIGN) |
| 1566 | { |
| 1567 | ptr++; |
| 1568 | while (*ptr != CHAR_NULL) |
| 1569 | { |
| 1570 | if (IS_NEWLINE(ptr)) { ptr += cd->nllen - 1; break; } |
| 1571 | ptr++; |
| 1572 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
| 1573 | if (utf) FORWARDCHAR(ptr); |
| 1574 | #endif |
| 1575 | } |
| 1576 | if (*ptr == CHAR_NULL) goto FAIL_EXIT; |
| 1577 | continue; |
| 1578 | } |
| 1579 | |
| 1580 | /* Check for the special metacharacters */ |
| 1581 | |
| 1582 | if (*ptr == CHAR_LEFT_PARENTHESIS) |
| 1583 | { |
| 1584 | int rc = find_parens_sub(&ptr, cd, name, lorn, xmode, utf, count); |
| 1585 | if (rc > 0) return rc; |
| 1586 | if (*ptr == CHAR_NULL) goto FAIL_EXIT; |
| 1587 | } |
| 1588 | |
| 1589 | else if (*ptr == CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS) |
| 1590 | { |
| 1591 | if (dup_parens && *count < hwm_count) *count = hwm_count; |
| 1592 | goto FAIL_EXIT; |
| 1593 | } |
| 1594 | |
| 1595 | else if (*ptr == CHAR_VERTICAL_LINE && dup_parens) |
| 1596 | { |
| 1597 | if (*count > hwm_count) hwm_count = *count; |
| 1598 | *count = start_count; |
| 1599 | } |
| 1600 | } |
| 1601 | |
| 1602 | FAIL_EXIT: |
| 1603 | *ptrptr = ptr; |
| 1604 | return -1; |
| 1605 | } |
| 1606 | |
| 1607 | |
| 1608 | |
| 1609 | |
| 1610 | /************************************************* |
| 1611 | * Find forward referenced subpattern * |
| 1612 | *************************************************/ |
| 1613 | |
| 1614 | /* This function scans along a pattern's text looking for capturing |
| 1615 | subpatterns, and counting them. If it finds a named pattern that matches the |
| 1616 | name it is given, it returns its number. Alternatively, if the name is NULL, it |
| 1617 | returns when it reaches a given numbered subpattern. This is used for forward |
| 1618 | references to subpatterns. We used to be able to start this scan from the |
| 1619 | current compiling point, using the current count value from cd->bracount, and |
| 1620 | do it all in a single loop, but the addition of the possibility of duplicate |
| 1621 | subpattern numbers means that we have to scan from the very start, in order to |
| 1622 | take account of such duplicates, and to use a recursive function to keep track |
| 1623 | of the different types of group. |
| 1624 | |
| 1625 | Arguments: |
| 1626 | cd compile background data |
| 1627 | name name to seek, or NULL if seeking a numbered subpattern |
| 1628 | lorn name length, or subpattern number if name is NULL |
| 1629 | xmode TRUE if we are in /x mode |
| 1630 | utf TRUE if we are in UTF-8 / UTF-16 / UTF-32 mode |
| 1631 | |
| 1632 | Returns: the number of the found subpattern, or -1 if not found |
| 1633 | */ |
| 1634 | |
| 1635 | static int |
| 1636 | find_parens(compile_data *cd, const pcre_uchar *name, int lorn, BOOL xmode, |
| 1637 | BOOL utf) |
| 1638 | { |
| 1639 | pcre_uchar *ptr = (pcre_uchar *)cd->start_pattern; |
| 1640 | int count = 0; |
| 1641 | int rc; |
| 1642 | |
| 1643 | /* If the pattern does not start with an opening parenthesis, the first call |
| 1644 | to find_parens_sub() will scan right to the end (if necessary). However, if it |
| 1645 | does start with a parenthesis, find_parens_sub() will return when it hits the |
| 1646 | matching closing parens. That is why we have to have a loop. */ |
| 1647 | |
| 1648 | for (;;) |
| 1649 | { |
| 1650 | rc = find_parens_sub(&ptr, cd, name, lorn, xmode, utf, &count); |
| 1651 | if (rc > 0 || *ptr++ == CHAR_NULL) break; |
| 1652 | } |
| 1653 | |
| 1654 | return rc; |
| 1655 | } |
| 1656 | |
| 1657 | |
| 1658 | |
| 1659 | |
| 1660 | /************************************************* |
| 1661 | * Find first significant op code * |
| 1662 | *************************************************/ |
| 1663 | |
| 1664 | /* This is called by several functions that scan a compiled expression looking |
| 1665 | for a fixed first character, or an anchoring op code etc. It skips over things |
| 1666 | that do not influence this. For some calls, it makes sense to skip negative |
| 1667 | forward and all backward assertions, and also the \b assertion; for others it |
| 1668 | does not. |
| 1669 | |
| 1670 | Arguments: |
| 1671 | code pointer to the start of the group |
| 1672 | skipassert TRUE if certain assertions are to be skipped |
| 1673 | |
| 1674 | Returns: pointer to the first significant opcode |
| 1675 | */ |
| 1676 | |
| 1677 | static const pcre_uchar* |
| 1678 | first_significant_code(const pcre_uchar *code, BOOL skipassert) |
| 1679 | { |
| 1680 | for (;;) |
| 1681 | { |
| 1682 | switch ((int)*code) |
| 1683 | { |
| 1684 | case OP_ASSERT_NOT: |
| 1685 | case OP_ASSERTBACK: |
| 1686 | case OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT: |
| 1687 | if (!skipassert) return code; |
| 1688 | do code += GET(code, 1); while (*code == OP_ALT); |
| 1689 | code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[*code]; |
| 1690 | break; |
| 1691 | |
| 1692 | case OP_WORD_BOUNDARY: |
| 1693 | case OP_NOT_WORD_BOUNDARY: |
| 1694 | if (!skipassert) return code; |
| 1695 | /* Fall through */ |
| 1696 | |
| 1697 | case OP_CALLOUT: |
| 1698 | case OP_CREF: |
| 1699 | case OP_NCREF: |
| 1700 | case OP_RREF: |
| 1701 | case OP_NRREF: |
| 1702 | case OP_DEF: |
| 1703 | code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[*code]; |
| 1704 | break; |
| 1705 | |
| 1706 | default: |
| 1707 | return code; |
| 1708 | } |
| 1709 | } |
| 1710 | /* Control never reaches here */ |
| 1711 | } |
| 1712 | |
| 1713 | |
| 1714 | |
| 1715 | |
| 1716 | /************************************************* |
| 1717 | * Find the fixed length of a branch * |
| 1718 | *************************************************/ |
| 1719 | |
| 1720 | /* Scan a branch and compute the fixed length of subject that will match it, |
| 1721 | if the length is fixed. This is needed for dealing with backward assertions. |
| 1722 | In UTF8 mode, the result is in characters rather than bytes. The branch is |
| 1723 | temporarily terminated with OP_END when this function is called. |
| 1724 | |
| 1725 | This function is called when a backward assertion is encountered, so that if it |
| 1726 | fails, the error message can point to the correct place in the pattern. |
| 1727 | However, we cannot do this when the assertion contains subroutine calls, |
| 1728 | because they can be forward references. We solve this by remembering this case |
| 1729 | and doing the check at the end; a flag specifies which mode we are running in. |
| 1730 | |
| 1731 | Arguments: |
| 1732 | code points to the start of the pattern (the bracket) |
| 1733 | utf TRUE in UTF-8 / UTF-16 / UTF-32 mode |
| 1734 | atend TRUE if called when the pattern is complete |
| 1735 | cd the "compile data" structure |
| 1736 | |
| 1737 | Returns: the fixed length, |
| 1738 | or -1 if there is no fixed length, |
| 1739 | or -2 if \C was encountered (in UTF-8 mode only) |
| 1740 | or -3 if an OP_RECURSE item was encountered and atend is FALSE |
| 1741 | or -4 if an unknown opcode was encountered (internal error) |
| 1742 | */ |
| 1743 | |
| 1744 | static int |
| 1745 | find_fixedlength(pcre_uchar *code, BOOL utf, BOOL atend, compile_data *cd) |
| 1746 | { |
| 1747 | int length = -1; |
| 1748 | |
| 1749 | register int branchlength = 0; |
| 1750 | register pcre_uchar *cc = code + 1 + LINK_SIZE; |
| 1751 | |
| 1752 | /* Scan along the opcodes for this branch. If we get to the end of the |
| 1753 | branch, check the length against that of the other branches. */ |
| 1754 | |
| 1755 | for (;;) |
| 1756 | { |
| 1757 | int d; |
| 1758 | pcre_uchar *ce, *cs; |
| 1759 | register pcre_uchar op = *cc; |
| 1760 | |
| 1761 | switch (op) |
| 1762 | { |
| 1763 | /* We only need to continue for OP_CBRA (normal capturing bracket) and |
| 1764 | OP_BRA (normal non-capturing bracket) because the other variants of these |
| 1765 | opcodes are all concerned with unlimited repeated groups, which of course |
| 1766 | are not of fixed length. */ |
| 1767 | |
| 1768 | case OP_CBRA: |
| 1769 | case OP_BRA: |
| 1770 | case OP_ONCE: |
| 1771 | case OP_ONCE_NC: |
| 1772 | case OP_COND: |
| 1773 | d = find_fixedlength(cc + ((op == OP_CBRA)? IMM2_SIZE : 0), utf, atend, cd); |
| 1774 | if (d < 0) return d; |
| 1775 | branchlength += d; |
| 1776 | do cc += GET(cc, 1); while (*cc == OP_ALT); |
| 1777 | cc += 1 + LINK_SIZE; |
| 1778 | break; |
| 1779 | |
| 1780 | /* Reached end of a branch; if it's a ket it is the end of a nested call. |
| 1781 | If it's ALT it is an alternation in a nested call. An ACCEPT is effectively |
| 1782 | an ALT. If it is END it's the end of the outer call. All can be handled by |
| 1783 | the same code. Note that we must not include the OP_KETRxxx opcodes here, |
| 1784 | because they all imply an unlimited repeat. */ |
| 1785 | |
| 1786 | case OP_ALT: |
| 1787 | case OP_KET: |
| 1788 | case OP_END: |
| 1789 | case OP_ACCEPT: |
| 1790 | case OP_ASSERT_ACCEPT: |
| 1791 | if (length < 0) length = branchlength; |
| 1792 | else if (length != branchlength) return -1; |
| 1793 | if (*cc != OP_ALT) return length; |
| 1794 | cc += 1 + LINK_SIZE; |
| 1795 | branchlength = 0; |
| 1796 | break; |
| 1797 | |
| 1798 | /* A true recursion implies not fixed length, but a subroutine call may |
| 1799 | be OK. If the subroutine is a forward reference, we can't deal with |
| 1800 | it until the end of the pattern, so return -3. */ |
| 1801 | |
| 1802 | case OP_RECURSE: |
| 1803 | if (!atend) return -3; |
| 1804 | cs = ce = (pcre_uchar *)cd->start_code + GET(cc, 1); /* Start subpattern */ |
| 1805 | do ce += GET(ce, 1); while (*ce == OP_ALT); /* End subpattern */ |
| 1806 | if (cc > cs && cc < ce) return -1; /* Recursion */ |
| 1807 | d = find_fixedlength(cs + IMM2_SIZE, utf, atend, cd); |
| 1808 | if (d < 0) return d; |
| 1809 | branchlength += d; |
| 1810 | cc += 1 + LINK_SIZE; |
| 1811 | break; |
| 1812 | |
| 1813 | /* Skip over assertive subpatterns */ |
| 1814 | |
| 1815 | case OP_ASSERT: |
| 1816 | case OP_ASSERT_NOT: |
| 1817 | case OP_ASSERTBACK: |
| 1818 | case OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT: |
| 1819 | do cc += GET(cc, 1); while (*cc == OP_ALT); |
| 1820 | cc += PRIV(OP_lengths)[*cc]; |
| 1821 | break; |
| 1822 | |
| 1823 | /* Skip over things that don't match chars */ |
| 1824 | |
| 1825 | case OP_MARK: |
| 1826 | case OP_PRUNE_ARG: |
| 1827 | case OP_SKIP_ARG: |
| 1828 | case OP_THEN_ARG: |
| 1829 | cc += cc[1] + PRIV(OP_lengths)[*cc]; |
| 1830 | break; |
| 1831 | |
| 1832 | case OP_CALLOUT: |
| 1833 | case OP_CIRC: |
| 1834 | case OP_CIRCM: |
| 1835 | case OP_CLOSE: |
| 1836 | case OP_COMMIT: |
| 1837 | case OP_CREF: |
| 1838 | case OP_DEF: |
| 1839 | case OP_DOLL: |
| 1840 | case OP_DOLLM: |
| 1841 | case OP_EOD: |
| 1842 | case OP_EODN: |
| 1843 | case OP_FAIL: |
| 1844 | case OP_NCREF: |
| 1845 | case OP_NRREF: |
| 1846 | case OP_NOT_WORD_BOUNDARY: |
| 1847 | case OP_PRUNE: |
| 1848 | case OP_REVERSE: |
| 1849 | case OP_RREF: |
| 1850 | case OP_SET_SOM: |
| 1851 | case OP_SKIP: |
| 1852 | case OP_SOD: |
| 1853 | case OP_SOM: |
| 1854 | case OP_THEN: |
| 1855 | case OP_WORD_BOUNDARY: |
| 1856 | cc += PRIV(OP_lengths)[*cc]; |
| 1857 | break; |
| 1858 | |
| 1859 | /* Handle literal characters */ |
| 1860 | |
| 1861 | case OP_CHAR: |
| 1862 | case OP_CHARI: |
| 1863 | case OP_NOT: |
| 1864 | case OP_NOTI: |
| 1865 | branchlength++; |
| 1866 | cc += 2; |
| 1867 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
| 1868 | if (utf && HAS_EXTRALEN(cc[-1])) cc += GET_EXTRALEN(cc[-1]); |
| 1869 | #endif |
| 1870 | break; |
| 1871 | |
| 1872 | /* Handle exact repetitions. The count is already in characters, but we |
| 1873 | need to skip over a multibyte character in UTF8 mode. */ |
| 1874 | |
| 1875 | case OP_EXACT: |
| 1876 | case OP_EXACTI: |
| 1877 | case OP_NOTEXACT: |
| 1878 | case OP_NOTEXACTI: |
| 1879 | branchlength += (int)GET2(cc,1); |
| 1880 | cc += 2 + IMM2_SIZE; |
| 1881 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
| 1882 | if (utf && HAS_EXTRALEN(cc[-1])) cc += GET_EXTRALEN(cc[-1]); |
| 1883 | #endif |
| 1884 | break; |
| 1885 | |
| 1886 | case OP_TYPEEXACT: |
| 1887 | branchlength += GET2(cc,1); |
| 1888 | if (cc[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_PROP || cc[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_NOTPROP) |
| 1889 | cc += 2; |
| 1890 | cc += 1 + IMM2_SIZE + 1; |
| 1891 | break; |
| 1892 | |
| 1893 | /* Handle single-char matchers */ |
| 1894 | |
| 1895 | case OP_PROP: |
| 1896 | case OP_NOTPROP: |
| 1897 | cc += 2; |
| 1898 | /* Fall through */ |
| 1899 | |
| 1900 | case OP_HSPACE: |
| 1901 | case OP_VSPACE: |
| 1902 | case OP_NOT_HSPACE: |
| 1903 | case OP_NOT_VSPACE: |
| 1904 | case OP_NOT_DIGIT: |
| 1905 | case OP_DIGIT: |
| 1906 | case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE: |
| 1907 | case OP_WHITESPACE: |
| 1908 | case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR: |
| 1909 | case OP_WORDCHAR: |
| 1910 | case OP_ANY: |
| 1911 | case OP_ALLANY: |
| 1912 | branchlength++; |
| 1913 | cc++; |
| 1914 | break; |
| 1915 | |
| 1916 | /* The single-byte matcher isn't allowed. This only happens in UTF-8 mode; |
| 1917 | otherwise \C is coded as OP_ALLANY. */ |
| 1918 | |
| 1919 | case OP_ANYBYTE: |
| 1920 | return -2; |
| 1921 | |
| 1922 | /* Check a class for variable quantification */ |
| 1923 | |
| 1924 | case OP_CLASS: |
| 1925 | case OP_NCLASS: |
| 1926 | #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || defined COMPILE_PCRE16 || defined COMPILE_PCRE32 |
| 1927 | case OP_XCLASS: |
| 1928 | /* The original code caused an unsigned overflow in 64 bit systems, |
| 1929 | so now we use a conditional statement. */ |
| 1930 | if (op == OP_XCLASS) |
| 1931 | cc += GET(cc, 1); |
| 1932 | else |
| 1933 | cc += PRIV(OP_lengths)[OP_CLASS]; |
| 1934 | #else |
| 1935 | cc += PRIV(OP_lengths)[OP_CLASS]; |
| 1936 | #endif |
| 1937 | |
| 1938 | switch (*cc) |
| 1939 | { |
| 1940 | case OP_CRPLUS: |
| 1941 | case OP_CRMINPLUS: |
| 1942 | case OP_CRSTAR: |
| 1943 | case OP_CRMINSTAR: |
| 1944 | case OP_CRQUERY: |
| 1945 | case OP_CRMINQUERY: |
| 1946 | return -1; |
| 1947 | |
| 1948 | case OP_CRRANGE: |
| 1949 | case OP_CRMINRANGE: |
| 1950 | if (GET2(cc,1) != GET2(cc,1+IMM2_SIZE)) return -1; |
| 1951 | branchlength += (int)GET2(cc,1); |
| 1952 | cc += 1 + 2 * IMM2_SIZE; |
| 1953 | break; |
| 1954 | |
| 1955 | default: |
| 1956 | branchlength++; |
| 1957 | } |
| 1958 | break; |
| 1959 | |
| 1960 | /* Anything else is variable length */ |
| 1961 | |
| 1962 | case OP_ANYNL: |
| 1963 | case OP_BRAMINZERO: |
| 1964 | case OP_BRAPOS: |
| 1965 | case OP_BRAPOSZERO: |
| 1966 | case OP_BRAZERO: |
| 1967 | case OP_CBRAPOS: |
| 1968 | case OP_EXTUNI: |
| 1969 | case OP_KETRMAX: |
| 1970 | case OP_KETRMIN: |
| 1971 | case OP_KETRPOS: |
| 1972 | case OP_MINPLUS: |
| 1973 | case OP_MINPLUSI: |
| 1974 | case OP_MINQUERY: |
| 1975 | case OP_MINQUERYI: |
| 1976 | case OP_MINSTAR: |
| 1977 | case OP_MINSTARI: |
| 1978 | case OP_MINUPTO: |
| 1979 | case OP_MINUPTOI: |
| 1980 | case OP_NOTMINPLUS: |
| 1981 | case OP_NOTMINPLUSI: |
| 1982 | case OP_NOTMINQUERY: |
| 1983 | case OP_NOTMINQUERYI: |
| 1984 | case OP_NOTMINSTAR: |
| 1985 | case OP_NOTMINSTARI: |
| 1986 | case OP_NOTMINUPTO: |
| 1987 | case OP_NOTMINUPTOI: |
| 1988 | case OP_NOTPLUS: |
| 1989 | case OP_NOTPLUSI: |
| 1990 | case OP_NOTPOSPLUS: |
| 1991 | case OP_NOTPOSPLUSI: |
| 1992 | case OP_NOTPOSQUERY: |
| 1993 | case OP_NOTPOSQUERYI: |
| 1994 | case OP_NOTPOSSTAR: |
| 1995 | case OP_NOTPOSSTARI: |
| 1996 | case OP_NOTPOSUPTO: |
| 1997 | case OP_NOTPOSUPTOI: |
| 1998 | case OP_NOTQUERY: |
| 1999 | case OP_NOTQUERYI: |
| 2000 | case OP_NOTSTAR: |
| 2001 | case OP_NOTSTARI: |
| 2002 | case OP_NOTUPTO: |
| 2003 | case OP_NOTUPTOI: |
| 2004 | case OP_PLUS: |
| 2005 | case OP_PLUSI: |
| 2006 | case OP_POSPLUS: |
| 2007 | case OP_POSPLUSI: |
| 2008 | case OP_POSQUERY: |
| 2009 | case OP_POSQUERYI: |
| 2010 | case OP_POSSTAR: |
| 2011 | case OP_POSSTARI: |
| 2012 | case OP_POSUPTO: |
| 2013 | case OP_POSUPTOI: |
| 2014 | case OP_QUERY: |
| 2015 | case OP_QUERYI: |
| 2016 | case OP_REF: |
| 2017 | case OP_REFI: |
| 2018 | case OP_SBRA: |
| 2019 | case OP_SBRAPOS: |
| 2020 | case OP_SCBRA: |
| 2021 | case OP_SCBRAPOS: |
| 2022 | case OP_SCOND: |
| 2023 | case OP_SKIPZERO: |
| 2024 | case OP_STAR: |
| 2025 | case OP_STARI: |
| 2026 | case OP_TYPEMINPLUS: |
| 2027 | case OP_TYPEMINQUERY: |
| 2028 | case OP_TYPEMINSTAR: |
| 2029 | case OP_TYPEMINUPTO: |
| 2030 | case OP_TYPEPLUS: |
| 2031 | case OP_TYPEPOSPLUS: |
| 2032 | case OP_TYPEPOSQUERY: |
| 2033 | case OP_TYPEPOSSTAR: |
| 2034 | case OP_TYPEPOSUPTO: |
| 2035 | case OP_TYPEQUERY: |
| 2036 | case OP_TYPESTAR: |
| 2037 | case OP_TYPEUPTO: |
| 2038 | case OP_UPTO: |
| 2039 | case OP_UPTOI: |
| 2040 | return -1; |
| 2041 | |
| 2042 | /* Catch unrecognized opcodes so that when new ones are added they |
| 2043 | are not forgotten, as has happened in the past. */ |
| 2044 | |
| 2045 | default: |
| 2046 | return -4; |
| 2047 | } |
| 2048 | } |
| 2049 | /* Control never gets here */ |
| 2050 | } |
| 2051 | |
| 2052 | |
| 2053 | |
| 2054 | |
| 2055 | /************************************************* |
| 2056 | * Scan compiled regex for specific bracket * |
| 2057 | *************************************************/ |
| 2058 | |
| 2059 | /* This little function scans through a compiled pattern until it finds a |
| 2060 | capturing bracket with the given number, or, if the number is negative, an |
| 2061 | instance of OP_REVERSE for a lookbehind. The function is global in the C sense |
| 2062 | so that it can be called from pcre_study() when finding the minimum matching |
| 2063 | length. |
| 2064 | |
| 2065 | Arguments: |
| 2066 | code points to start of expression |
| 2067 | utf TRUE in UTF-8 / UTF-16 / UTF-32 mode |
| 2068 | number the required bracket number or negative to find a lookbehind |
| 2069 | |
| 2070 | Returns: pointer to the opcode for the bracket, or NULL if not found |
| 2071 | */ |
| 2072 | |
| 2073 | const pcre_uchar * |
| 2074 | PRIV(find_bracket)(const pcre_uchar *code, BOOL utf, int number) |
| 2075 | { |
| 2076 | for (;;) |
| 2077 | { |
| 2078 | register pcre_uchar c = *code; |
| 2079 | |
| 2080 | if (c == OP_END) return NULL; |
| 2081 | |
| 2082 | /* XCLASS is used for classes that cannot be represented just by a bit |
| 2083 | map. This includes negated single high-valued characters. The length in |
| 2084 | the table is zero; the actual length is stored in the compiled code. */ |
| 2085 | |
| 2086 | if (c == OP_XCLASS) code += GET(code, 1); |
| 2087 | |
| 2088 | /* Handle recursion */ |
| 2089 | |
| 2090 | else if (c == OP_REVERSE) |
| 2091 | { |
| 2092 | if (number < 0) return (pcre_uchar *)code; |
| 2093 | code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[c]; |
| 2094 | } |
| 2095 | |
| 2096 | /* Handle capturing bracket */ |
| 2097 | |
| 2098 | else if (c == OP_CBRA || c == OP_SCBRA || |
| 2099 | c == OP_CBRAPOS || c == OP_SCBRAPOS) |
| 2100 | { |
| 2101 | int n = (int)GET2(code, 1+LINK_SIZE); |
| 2102 | if (n == number) return (pcre_uchar *)code; |
| 2103 | code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[c]; |
| 2104 | } |
| 2105 | |
| 2106 | /* Otherwise, we can get the item's length from the table, except that for |
| 2107 | repeated character types, we have to test for \p and \P, which have an extra |
| 2108 | two bytes of parameters, and for MARK/PRUNE/SKIP/THEN with an argument, we |
| 2109 | must add in its length. */ |
| 2110 | |
| 2111 | else |
| 2112 | { |
| 2113 | switch(c) |
| 2114 | { |
| 2115 | case OP_TYPESTAR: |
| 2116 | case OP_TYPEMINSTAR: |
| 2117 | case OP_TYPEPLUS: |
| 2118 | case OP_TYPEMINPLUS: |
| 2119 | case OP_TYPEQUERY: |
| 2120 | case OP_TYPEMINQUERY: |
| 2121 | case OP_TYPEPOSSTAR: |
| 2122 | case OP_TYPEPOSPLUS: |
| 2123 | case OP_TYPEPOSQUERY: |
| 2124 | if (code[1] == OP_PROP || code[1] == OP_NOTPROP) code += 2; |
| 2125 | break; |
| 2126 | |
| 2127 | case OP_TYPEUPTO: |
| 2128 | case OP_TYPEMINUPTO: |
| 2129 | case OP_TYPEEXACT: |
| 2130 | case OP_TYPEPOSUPTO: |
| 2131 | if (code[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_PROP || code[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_NOTPROP) |
| 2132 | code += 2; |
| 2133 | break; |
| 2134 | |
| 2135 | case OP_MARK: |
| 2136 | case OP_PRUNE_ARG: |
| 2137 | case OP_SKIP_ARG: |
| 2138 | case OP_THEN_ARG: |
| 2139 | code += code[1]; |
| 2140 | break; |
| 2141 | } |
| 2142 | |
| 2143 | /* Add in the fixed length from the table */ |
| 2144 | |
| 2145 | code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[c]; |
| 2146 | |
| 2147 | /* In UTF-8 mode, opcodes that are followed by a character may be followed by |
| 2148 | a multi-byte character. The length in the table is a minimum, so we have to |
| 2149 | arrange to skip the extra bytes. */ |
| 2150 | |
| 2151 | #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32 |
| 2152 | if (utf) switch(c) |
| 2153 | { |
| 2154 | case OP_CHAR: |
| 2155 | case OP_CHARI: |
| 2156 | case OP_EXACT: |
| 2157 | case OP_EXACTI: |
| 2158 | case OP_UPTO: |
| 2159 | case OP_UPTOI: |
| 2160 | case OP_MINUPTO: |
| 2161 | case OP_MINUPTOI: |
| 2162 | case OP_POSUPTO: |
| 2163 | case OP_POSUPTOI: |
| 2164 | case OP_STAR: |
| 2165 | case OP_STARI: |
| 2166 | case OP_MINSTAR: |
| 2167 | case OP_MINSTARI: |
| 2168 | case OP_POSSTAR: |
| 2169 | case OP_POSSTARI: |
| 2170 | case OP_PLUS: |
| 2171 | case OP_PLUSI: |
| 2172 | case OP_MINPLUS: |
| 2173 | case OP_MINPLUSI: |
| 2174 | case OP_POSPLUS: |
| 2175 | case OP_POSPLUSI: |
| 2176 | case OP_QUERY: |
| 2177 | case OP_QUERYI: |
| 2178 | case OP_MINQUERY: |
| 2179 | case OP_MINQUERYI: |
| 2180 | case OP_POSQUERY: |
| 2181 | case OP_POSQUERYI: |
| 2182 | if (HAS_EXTRALEN(code[-1])) code += GET_EXTRALEN(code[-1]); |
| 2183 | break; |
| 2184 | } |
| 2185 | #else |
| 2186 | (void)(utf); /* Keep compiler happy by referencing function argument */ |
| 2187 | #endif |
| 2188 | } |
| 2189 | } |
| 2190 | } |
| 2191 | |
| 2192 | |
| 2193 | |
| 2194 | /************************************************* |
| 2195 | * Scan compiled regex for recursion reference * |
| 2196 | *************************************************/ |
| 2197 | |
| 2198 | /* This little function scans through a compiled pattern until it finds an |
| 2199 | instance of OP_RECURSE. |
| 2200 | |
| 2201 | Arguments: |
| 2202 | code points to start of expression |
| 2203 | utf TRUE in UTF-8 / UTF-16 / UTF-32 mode |
| 2204 | |
| 2205 | Returns: pointer to the opcode for OP_RECURSE, or NULL if not found |
| 2206 | */ |
| 2207 | |
| 2208 | static const pcre_uchar * |
| 2209 | find_recurse(const pcre_uchar *code, BOOL utf) |
| 2210 | { |
| 2211 | for (;;) |
| 2212 | { |
| 2213 | register pcre_uchar c = *code; |
| 2214 | if (c == OP_END) return NULL; |
| 2215 | if (c == OP_RECURSE) return code; |
| 2216 | |
| 2217 | /* XCLASS is used for classes that cannot be represented just by a bit |
| 2218 | map. This includes negated single high-valued characters. The length in |
| 2219 | the table is zero; the actual length is stored in the compiled code. */ |
| 2220 | |
| 2221 | if (c == OP_XCLASS) code += GET(code, 1); |
| 2222 | |
| 2223 | /* Otherwise, we can get the item's length from the table, except that for |
| 2224 | repeated character types, we have to test for \p and \P, which have an extra |
| 2225 | two bytes of parameters, and for MARK/PRUNE/SKIP/THEN with an argument, we |
| 2226 | must add in its length. */ |
| 2227 | |
| 2228 | else |
| 2229 | { |
| 2230 | switch(c) |
| 2231 | { |
| 2232 | case OP_TYPESTAR: |
| 2233 | case OP_TYPEMINSTAR: |
| 2234 | case OP_TYPEPLUS: |
| 2235 | case OP_TYPEMINPLUS: |
| 2236 | case OP_TYPEQUERY: |
| 2237 | case OP_TYPEMINQUERY: |
| 2238 | case OP_TYPEPOSSTAR: |
| 2239 | case OP_TYPEPOSPLUS: |
| 2240 | case OP_TYPEPOSQUERY: |
| 2241 | if (code[1] == OP_PROP || code[1] == OP_NOTPROP) code += 2; |
| 2242 | break; |
| 2243 | |
| 2244 | case OP_TYPEPOSUPTO: |
| 2245 | case OP_TYPEUPTO: |
| 2246 | case OP_TYPEMINUPTO: |
| 2247 | case OP_TYPEEXACT: |
| 2248 | if (code[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_PROP || code[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_NOTPROP) |
| 2249 | code += 2; |
| 2250 | break; |
| 2251 | |
| 2252 | case OP_MARK: |
| 2253 | case OP_PRUNE_ARG: |
| 2254 | case OP_SKIP_ARG: |
| 2255 | case OP_THEN_ARG: |
| 2256 | code += code[1]; |
| 2257 | break; |
| 2258 | } |
| 2259 | |
| 2260 | /* Add in the fixed length from the table */ |
| 2261 | |
| 2262 | code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[c]; |
| 2263 | |
| 2264 | /* In UTF-8 mode, opcodes that are followed by a character may be followed |
| 2265 | by a multi-byte character. The length in the table is a minimum, so we have |
| 2266 | to arrange to skip the extra bytes. */ |
| 2267 | |
| 2268 | #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32 |
| 2269 | if (utf) switch(c) |
| 2270 | { |
| 2271 | case OP_CHAR: |
| 2272 | case OP_CHARI: |
| 2273 | case OP_NOT: |
| 2274 | case OP_NOTI: |
| 2275 | case OP_EXACT: |
| 2276 | case OP_EXACTI: |
| 2277 | case OP_NOTEXACT: |
| 2278 | case OP_NOTEXACTI: |
| 2279 | case OP_UPTO: |
| 2280 | case OP_UPTOI: |
| 2281 | case OP_NOTUPTO: |
| 2282 | case OP_NOTUPTOI: |
| 2283 | case OP_MINUPTO: |
| 2284 | case OP_MINUPTOI: |
| 2285 | case OP_NOTMINUPTO: |
| 2286 | case OP_NOTMINUPTOI: |
| 2287 | case OP_POSUPTO: |
| 2288 | case OP_POSUPTOI: |
| 2289 | case OP_NOTPOSUPTO: |
| 2290 | case OP_NOTPOSUPTOI: |
| 2291 | case OP_STAR: |
| 2292 | case OP_STARI: |
| 2293 | case OP_NOTSTAR: |
| 2294 | case OP_NOTSTARI: |
| 2295 | case OP_MINSTAR: |
| 2296 | case OP_MINSTARI: |
| 2297 | case OP_NOTMINSTAR: |
| 2298 | case OP_NOTMINSTARI: |
| 2299 | case OP_POSSTAR: |
| 2300 | case OP_POSSTARI: |
| 2301 | case OP_NOTPOSSTAR: |
| 2302 | case OP_NOTPOSSTARI: |
| 2303 | case OP_PLUS: |
| 2304 | case OP_PLUSI: |
| 2305 | case OP_NOTPLUS: |
| 2306 | case OP_NOTPLUSI: |
| 2307 | case OP_MINPLUS: |
| 2308 | case OP_MINPLUSI: |
| 2309 | case OP_NOTMINPLUS: |
| 2310 | case OP_NOTMINPLUSI: |
| 2311 | case OP_POSPLUS: |
| 2312 | case OP_POSPLUSI: |
| 2313 | case OP_NOTPOSPLUS: |
| 2314 | case OP_NOTPOSPLUSI: |
| 2315 | case OP_QUERY: |
| 2316 | case OP_QUERYI: |
| 2317 | case OP_NOTQUERY: |
| 2318 | case OP_NOTQUERYI: |
| 2319 | case OP_MINQUERY: |
| 2320 | case OP_MINQUERYI: |
| 2321 | case OP_NOTMINQUERY: |
| 2322 | case OP_NOTMINQUERYI: |
| 2323 | case OP_POSQUERY: |
| 2324 | case OP_POSQUERYI: |
| 2325 | case OP_NOTPOSQUERY: |
| 2326 | case OP_NOTPOSQUERYI: |
| 2327 | if (HAS_EXTRALEN(code[-1])) code += GET_EXTRALEN(code[-1]); |
| 2328 | break; |
| 2329 | } |
| 2330 | #else |
| 2331 | (void)(utf); /* Keep compiler happy by referencing function argument */ |
| 2332 | #endif |
| 2333 | } |
| 2334 | } |
| 2335 | } |
| 2336 | |
| 2337 | |
| 2338 | |
| 2339 | /************************************************* |
| 2340 | * Scan compiled branch for non-emptiness * |
| 2341 | *************************************************/ |
| 2342 | |
| 2343 | /* This function scans through a branch of a compiled pattern to see whether it |
| 2344 | can match the empty string or not. It is called from could_be_empty() |
| 2345 | below and from compile_branch() when checking for an unlimited repeat of a |
| 2346 | group that can match nothing. Note that first_significant_code() skips over |
| 2347 | backward and negative forward assertions when its final argument is TRUE. If we |
| 2348 | hit an unclosed bracket, we return "empty" - this means we've struck an inner |
| 2349 | bracket whose current branch will already have been scanned. |
| 2350 | |
| 2351 | Arguments: |
| 2352 | code points to start of search |
| 2353 | endcode points to where to stop |
| 2354 | utf TRUE if in UTF-8 / UTF-16 / UTF-32 mode |
| 2355 | cd contains pointers to tables etc. |
| 2356 | |
| 2357 | Returns: TRUE if what is matched could be empty |
| 2358 | */ |
| 2359 | |
| 2360 | static BOOL |
| 2361 | could_be_empty_branch(const pcre_uchar *code, const pcre_uchar *endcode, |
| 2362 | BOOL utf, compile_data *cd) |
| 2363 | { |
| 2364 | register pcre_uchar c; |
| 2365 | for (code = first_significant_code(code + PRIV(OP_lengths)[*code], TRUE); |
| 2366 | code < endcode; |
| 2367 | code = first_significant_code(code + PRIV(OP_lengths)[c], TRUE)) |
| 2368 | { |
| 2369 | const pcre_uchar *ccode; |
| 2370 | |
| 2371 | c = *code; |
| 2372 | |
| 2373 | /* Skip over forward assertions; the other assertions are skipped by |
| 2374 | first_significant_code() with a TRUE final argument. */ |
| 2375 | |
| 2376 | if (c == OP_ASSERT) |
| 2377 | { |
| 2378 | do code += GET(code, 1); while (*code == OP_ALT); |
| 2379 | c = *code; |
| 2380 | continue; |
| 2381 | } |
| 2382 | |
| 2383 | /* For a recursion/subroutine call, if its end has been reached, which |
| 2384 | implies a backward reference subroutine call, we can scan it. If it's a |
| 2385 | forward reference subroutine call, we can't. To detect forward reference |
| 2386 | we have to scan up the list that is kept in the workspace. This function is |
| 2387 | called only when doing the real compile, not during the pre-compile that |
| 2388 | measures the size of the compiled pattern. */ |
| 2389 | |
| 2390 | if (c == OP_RECURSE) |
| 2391 | { |
| 2392 | const pcre_uchar *scode; |
| 2393 | BOOL empty_branch; |
| 2394 | |
| 2395 | /* Test for forward reference */ |
| 2396 | |
| 2397 | for (scode = cd->start_workspace; scode < cd->hwm; scode += LINK_SIZE) |
| 2398 | if ((int)GET(scode, 0) == (int)(code + 1 - cd->start_code)) return TRUE; |
| 2399 | |
| 2400 | /* Not a forward reference, test for completed backward reference */ |
| 2401 | |
| 2402 | empty_branch = FALSE; |
| 2403 | scode = cd->start_code + GET(code, 1); |
| 2404 | if (GET(scode, 1) == 0) return TRUE; /* Unclosed */ |
| 2405 | |
| 2406 | /* Completed backwards reference */ |
| 2407 | |
| 2408 | do |
| 2409 | { |
| 2410 | if (could_be_empty_branch(scode, endcode, utf, cd)) |
| 2411 | { |
| 2412 | empty_branch = TRUE; |
| 2413 | break; |
| 2414 | } |
| 2415 | scode += GET(scode, 1); |
| 2416 | } |
| 2417 | while (*scode == OP_ALT); |
| 2418 | |
| 2419 | if (!empty_branch) return FALSE; /* All branches are non-empty */ |
| 2420 | continue; |
| 2421 | } |
| 2422 | |
| 2423 | /* Groups with zero repeats can of course be empty; skip them. */ |
| 2424 | |
| 2425 | if (c == OP_BRAZERO || c == OP_BRAMINZERO || c == OP_SKIPZERO || |
| 2426 | c == OP_BRAPOSZERO) |
| 2427 | { |
| 2428 | code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[c]; |
| 2429 | do code += GET(code, 1); while (*code == OP_ALT); |
| 2430 | c = *code; |
| 2431 | continue; |
| 2432 | } |
| 2433 | |
| 2434 | /* A nested group that is already marked as "could be empty" can just be |
| 2435 | skipped. */ |
| 2436 | |
| 2437 | if (c == OP_SBRA || c == OP_SBRAPOS || |
| 2438 | c == OP_SCBRA || c == OP_SCBRAPOS) |
| 2439 | { |
| 2440 | do code += GET(code, 1); while (*code == OP_ALT); |
| 2441 | c = *code; |
| 2442 | continue; |
| 2443 | } |
| 2444 | |
| 2445 | /* For other groups, scan the branches. */ |
| 2446 | |
| 2447 | if (c == OP_BRA || c == OP_BRAPOS || |
| 2448 | c == OP_CBRA || c == OP_CBRAPOS || |
| 2449 | c == OP_ONCE || c == OP_ONCE_NC || |
| 2450 | c == OP_COND) |
| 2451 | { |
| 2452 | BOOL empty_branch; |
| 2453 | if (GET(code, 1) == 0) return TRUE; /* Hit unclosed bracket */ |
| 2454 | |
| 2455 | /* If a conditional group has only one branch, there is a second, implied, |
| 2456 | empty branch, so just skip over the conditional, because it could be empty. |
| 2457 | Otherwise, scan the individual branches of the group. */ |
| 2458 | |
| 2459 | if (c == OP_COND && code[GET(code, 1)] != OP_ALT) |
| 2460 | code += GET(code, 1); |
| 2461 | else |
| 2462 | { |
| 2463 | empty_branch = FALSE; |
| 2464 | do |
| 2465 | { |
| 2466 | if (!empty_branch && could_be_empty_branch(code, endcode, utf, cd)) |
| 2467 | empty_branch = TRUE; |
| 2468 | code += GET(code, 1); |
| 2469 | } |
| 2470 | while (*code == OP_ALT); |
| 2471 | if (!empty_branch) return FALSE; /* All branches are non-empty */ |
| 2472 | } |
| 2473 | |
| 2474 | c = *code; |
| 2475 | continue; |
| 2476 | } |
| 2477 | |
| 2478 | /* Handle the other opcodes */ |
| 2479 | |
| 2480 | switch (c) |
| 2481 | { |
| 2482 | /* Check for quantifiers after a class. XCLASS is used for classes that |
| 2483 | cannot be represented just by a bit map. This includes negated single |
| 2484 | high-valued characters. The length in PRIV(OP_lengths)[] is zero; the |
| 2485 | actual length is stored in the compiled code, so we must update "code" |
| 2486 | here. */ |
| 2487 | |
| 2488 | #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 |
| 2489 | case OP_XCLASS: |
| 2490 | ccode = code += GET(code, 1); |
| 2491 | goto CHECK_CLASS_REPEAT; |
| 2492 | #endif |
| 2493 | |
| 2494 | case OP_CLASS: |
| 2495 | case OP_NCLASS: |
| 2496 | ccode = code + PRIV(OP_lengths)[OP_CLASS]; |
| 2497 | |
| 2498 | #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 |
| 2499 | CHECK_CLASS_REPEAT: |
| 2500 | #endif |
| 2501 | |
| 2502 | switch (*ccode) |
| 2503 | { |
| 2504 | case OP_CRSTAR: /* These could be empty; continue */ |
| 2505 | case OP_CRMINSTAR: |
| 2506 | case OP_CRQUERY: |
| 2507 | case OP_CRMINQUERY: |
| 2508 | break; |
| 2509 | |
| 2510 | default: /* Non-repeat => class must match */ |
| 2511 | case OP_CRPLUS: /* These repeats aren't empty */ |
| 2512 | case OP_CRMINPLUS: |
| 2513 | return FALSE; |
| 2514 | |
| 2515 | case OP_CRRANGE: |
| 2516 | case OP_CRMINRANGE: |
| 2517 | if (GET2(ccode, 1) > 0) return FALSE; /* Minimum > 0 */ |
| 2518 | break; |
| 2519 | } |
| 2520 | break; |
| 2521 | |
| 2522 | /* Opcodes that must match a character */ |
| 2523 | |
| 2524 | case OP_PROP: |
| 2525 | case OP_NOTPROP: |
| 2526 | case OP_EXTUNI: |
| 2527 | case OP_NOT_DIGIT: |
| 2528 | case OP_DIGIT: |
| 2529 | case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE: |
| 2530 | case OP_WHITESPACE: |
| 2531 | case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR: |
| 2532 | case OP_WORDCHAR: |
| 2533 | case OP_ANY: |
| 2534 | case OP_ALLANY: |
| 2535 | case OP_ANYBYTE: |
| 2536 | case OP_CHAR: |
| 2537 | case OP_CHARI: |
| 2538 | case OP_NOT: |
| 2539 | case OP_NOTI: |
| 2540 | case OP_PLUS: |
| 2541 | case OP_MINPLUS: |
| 2542 | case OP_POSPLUS: |
| 2543 | case OP_EXACT: |
| 2544 | case OP_NOTPLUS: |
| 2545 | case OP_NOTMINPLUS: |
| 2546 | case OP_NOTPOSPLUS: |
| 2547 | case OP_NOTEXACT: |
| 2548 | case OP_TYPEPLUS: |
| 2549 | case OP_TYPEMINPLUS: |
| 2550 | case OP_TYPEPOSPLUS: |
| 2551 | case OP_TYPEEXACT: |
| 2552 | return FALSE; |
| 2553 | |
| 2554 | /* These are going to continue, as they may be empty, but we have to |
| 2555 | fudge the length for the \p and \P cases. */ |
| 2556 | |
| 2557 | case OP_TYPESTAR: |
| 2558 | case OP_TYPEMINSTAR: |
| 2559 | case OP_TYPEPOSSTAR: |
| 2560 | case OP_TYPEQUERY: |
| 2561 | case OP_TYPEMINQUERY: |
| 2562 | case OP_TYPEPOSQUERY: |
| 2563 | if (code[1] == OP_PROP || code[1] == OP_NOTPROP) code += 2; |
| 2564 | break; |
| 2565 | |
| 2566 | /* Same for these */ |
| 2567 | |
| 2568 | case OP_TYPEUPTO: |
| 2569 | case OP_TYPEMINUPTO: |
| 2570 | case OP_TYPEPOSUPTO: |
| 2571 | if (code[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_PROP || code[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_NOTPROP) |
| 2572 | code += 2; |
| 2573 | break; |
| 2574 | |
| 2575 | /* End of branch */ |
| 2576 | |
| 2577 | case OP_KET: |
| 2578 | case OP_KETRMAX: |
| 2579 | case OP_KETRMIN: |
| 2580 | case OP_KETRPOS: |
| 2581 | case OP_ALT: |
| 2582 | return TRUE; |
| 2583 | |
| 2584 | /* In UTF-8 mode, STAR, MINSTAR, POSSTAR, QUERY, MINQUERY, POSQUERY, UPTO, |
| 2585 | MINUPTO, and POSUPTO may be followed by a multibyte character */ |
| 2586 | |
| 2587 | #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32 |
| 2588 | case OP_STAR: |
| 2589 | case OP_STARI: |
| 2590 | case OP_MINSTAR: |
| 2591 | case OP_MINSTARI: |
| 2592 | case OP_POSSTAR: |
| 2593 | case OP_POSSTARI: |
| 2594 | case OP_QUERY: |
| 2595 | case OP_QUERYI: |
| 2596 | case OP_MINQUERY: |
| 2597 | case OP_MINQUERYI: |
| 2598 | case OP_POSQUERY: |
| 2599 | case OP_POSQUERYI: |
| 2600 | if (utf && HAS_EXTRALEN(code[1])) code += GET_EXTRALEN(code[1]); |
| 2601 | break; |
| 2602 | |
| 2603 | case OP_UPTO: |
| 2604 | case OP_UPTOI: |
| 2605 | case OP_MINUPTO: |
| 2606 | case OP_MINUPTOI: |
| 2607 | case OP_POSUPTO: |
| 2608 | case OP_POSUPTOI: |
| 2609 | if (utf && HAS_EXTRALEN(code[1 + IMM2_SIZE])) code += GET_EXTRALEN(code[1 + IMM2_SIZE]); |
| 2610 | break; |
| 2611 | #endif |
| 2612 | |
| 2613 | /* MARK, and PRUNE/SKIP/THEN with an argument must skip over the argument |
| 2614 | string. */ |
| 2615 | |
| 2616 | case OP_MARK: |
| 2617 | case OP_PRUNE_ARG: |
| 2618 | case OP_SKIP_ARG: |
| 2619 | case OP_THEN_ARG: |
| 2620 | code += code[1]; |
| 2621 | break; |
| 2622 | |
| 2623 | /* None of the remaining opcodes are required to match a character. */ |
| 2624 | |
| 2625 | default: |
| 2626 | break; |
| 2627 | } |
| 2628 | } |
| 2629 | |
| 2630 | return TRUE; |
| 2631 | } |
| 2632 | |
| 2633 | |
| 2634 | |
| 2635 | /************************************************* |
| 2636 | * Scan compiled regex for non-emptiness * |
| 2637 | *************************************************/ |
| 2638 | |
| 2639 | /* This function is called to check for left recursive calls. We want to check |
| 2640 | the current branch of the current pattern to see if it could match the empty |
| 2641 | string. If it could, we must look outwards for branches at other levels, |
| 2642 | stopping when we pass beyond the bracket which is the subject of the recursion. |
| 2643 | This function is called only during the real compile, not during the |
| 2644 | pre-compile. |
| 2645 | |
| 2646 | Arguments: |
| 2647 | code points to start of the recursion |
| 2648 | endcode points to where to stop (current RECURSE item) |
| 2649 | bcptr points to the chain of current (unclosed) branch starts |
| 2650 | utf TRUE if in UTF-8 / UTF-16 / UTF-32 mode |
| 2651 | cd pointers to tables etc |
| 2652 | |
| 2653 | Returns: TRUE if what is matched could be empty |
| 2654 | */ |
| 2655 | |
| 2656 | static BOOL |
| 2657 | could_be_empty(const pcre_uchar *code, const pcre_uchar *endcode, |
| 2658 | branch_chain *bcptr, BOOL utf, compile_data *cd) |
| 2659 | { |
| 2660 | while (bcptr != NULL && bcptr->current_branch >= code) |
| 2661 | { |
| 2662 | if (!could_be_empty_branch(bcptr->current_branch, endcode, utf, cd)) |
| 2663 | return FALSE; |
| 2664 | bcptr = bcptr->outer; |
| 2665 | } |
| 2666 | return TRUE; |
| 2667 | } |
| 2668 | |
| 2669 | |
| 2670 | |
| 2671 | /************************************************* |
| 2672 | * Check for POSIX class syntax * |
| 2673 | *************************************************/ |
| 2674 | |
| 2675 | /* This function is called when the sequence "[:" or "[." or "[=" is |
| 2676 | encountered in a character class. It checks whether this is followed by a |
| 2677 | sequence of characters terminated by a matching ":]" or ".]" or "=]". If we |
| 2678 | reach an unescaped ']' without the special preceding character, return FALSE. |
| 2679 | |
| 2680 | Originally, this function only recognized a sequence of letters between the |
| 2681 | terminators, but it seems that Perl recognizes any sequence of characters, |
| 2682 | though of course unknown POSIX names are subsequently rejected. Perl gives an |
| 2683 | "Unknown POSIX class" error for [:f\oo:] for example, where previously PCRE |
| 2684 | didn't consider this to be a POSIX class. Likewise for [:1234:]. |
| 2685 | |
| 2686 | The problem in trying to be exactly like Perl is in the handling of escapes. We |
| 2687 | have to be sure that [abc[:x\]pqr] is *not* treated as containing a POSIX |
| 2688 | class, but [abc[:x\]pqr:]] is (so that an error can be generated). The code |
| 2689 | below handles the special case of \], but does not try to do any other escape |
| 2690 | processing. This makes it different from Perl for cases such as [:l\ower:] |
| 2691 | where Perl recognizes it as the POSIX class "lower" but PCRE does not recognize |
| 2692 | "l\ower". This is a lesser evil that not diagnosing bad classes when Perl does, |
| 2693 | I think. |
| 2694 | |
| 2695 | A user pointed out that PCRE was rejecting [:a[:digit:]] whereas Perl was not. |
| 2696 | It seems that the appearance of a nested POSIX class supersedes an apparent |
| 2697 | external class. For example, [:a[:digit:]b:] matches "a", "b", ":", or |
| 2698 | a digit. |
| 2699 | |
| 2700 | In Perl, unescaped square brackets may also appear as part of class names. For |
| 2701 | example, [:a[:abc]b:] gives unknown POSIX class "[:abc]b:]". However, for |
| 2702 | [:a[:abc]b][b:] it gives unknown POSIX class "[:abc]b][b:]", which does not |
| 2703 | seem right at all. PCRE does not allow closing square brackets in POSIX class |
| 2704 | names. |
| 2705 | |
| 2706 | Arguments: |
| 2707 | ptr pointer to the initial [ |
| 2708 | endptr where to return the end pointer |
| 2709 | |
| 2710 | Returns: TRUE or FALSE |
| 2711 | */ |
| 2712 | |
| 2713 | static BOOL |
| 2714 | check_posix_syntax(const pcre_uchar *ptr, const pcre_uchar **endptr) |
| 2715 | { |
| 2716 | pcre_uchar terminator; /* Don't combine these lines; the Solaris cc */ |
| 2717 | terminator = *(++ptr); /* compiler warns about "non-constant" initializer. */ |
| 2718 | for (++ptr; *ptr != CHAR_NULL; ptr++) |
| 2719 | { |
| 2720 | if (*ptr == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[1] == CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET) |
| 2721 | ptr++; |
| 2722 | else if (*ptr == CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET) return FALSE; |
| 2723 | else |
| 2724 | { |
| 2725 | if (*ptr == terminator && ptr[1] == CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET) |
| 2726 | { |
| 2727 | *endptr = ptr; |
| 2728 | return TRUE; |
| 2729 | } |
| 2730 | if (*ptr == CHAR_LEFT_SQUARE_BRACKET && |
| 2731 | (ptr[1] == CHAR_COLON || ptr[1] == CHAR_DOT || |
| 2732 | ptr[1] == CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN) && |
| 2733 | check_posix_syntax(ptr, endptr)) |
| 2734 | return FALSE; |
| 2735 | } |
| 2736 | } |
| 2737 | return FALSE; |
| 2738 | } |
| 2739 | |
| 2740 | |
| 2741 | |
| 2742 | |
| 2743 | /************************************************* |
| 2744 | * Check POSIX class name * |
| 2745 | *************************************************/ |
| 2746 | |
| 2747 | /* This function is called to check the name given in a POSIX-style class entry |
| 2748 | such as [:alnum:]. |
| 2749 | |
| 2750 | Arguments: |
| 2751 | ptr points to the first letter |
| 2752 | len the length of the name |
| 2753 | |
| 2754 | Returns: a value representing the name, or -1 if unknown |
| 2755 | */ |
| 2756 | |
| 2757 | static int |
| 2758 | check_posix_name(const pcre_uchar *ptr, int len) |
| 2759 | { |
| 2760 | const char *pn = posix_names; |
| 2761 | register int yield = 0; |
| 2762 | while (posix_name_lengths[yield] != 0) |
| 2763 | { |
| 2764 | if (len == posix_name_lengths[yield] && |
| 2765 | STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr, pn, (unsigned int)len) == 0) return yield; |
| 2766 | pn += posix_name_lengths[yield] + 1; |
| 2767 | yield++; |
| 2768 | } |
| 2769 | return -1; |
| 2770 | } |
| 2771 | |
| 2772 | |
| 2773 | /************************************************* |
| 2774 | * Adjust OP_RECURSE items in repeated group * |
| 2775 | *************************************************/ |
| 2776 | |
| 2777 | /* OP_RECURSE items contain an offset from the start of the regex to the group |
| 2778 | that is referenced. This means that groups can be replicated for fixed |
| 2779 | repetition simply by copying (because the recursion is allowed to refer to |
| 2780 | earlier groups that are outside the current group). However, when a group is |
| 2781 | optional (i.e. the minimum quantifier is zero), OP_BRAZERO or OP_SKIPZERO is |
| 2782 | inserted before it, after it has been compiled. This means that any OP_RECURSE |
| 2783 | items within it that refer to the group itself or any contained groups have to |
| 2784 | have their offsets adjusted. That one of the jobs of this function. Before it |
| 2785 | is called, the partially compiled regex must be temporarily terminated with |
| 2786 | OP_END. |
| 2787 | |
| 2788 | This function has been extended with the possibility of forward references for |
| 2789 | recursions and subroutine calls. It must also check the list of such references |
| 2790 | for the group we are dealing with. If it finds that one of the recursions in |
| 2791 | the current group is on this list, it adjusts the offset in the list, not the |
| 2792 | value in the reference (which is a group number). |
| 2793 | |
| 2794 | Arguments: |
| 2795 | group points to the start of the group |
| 2796 | adjust the amount by which the group is to be moved |
| 2797 | utf TRUE in UTF-8 / UTF-16 / UTF-32 mode |
| 2798 | cd contains pointers to tables etc. |
| 2799 | save_hwm the hwm forward reference pointer at the start of the group |
| 2800 | |
| 2801 | Returns: nothing |
| 2802 | */ |
| 2803 | |
| 2804 | static void |
| 2805 | adjust_recurse(pcre_uchar *group, int adjust, BOOL utf, compile_data *cd, |
| 2806 | pcre_uchar *save_hwm) |
| 2807 | { |
| 2808 | pcre_uchar *ptr = group; |
| 2809 | |
| 2810 | while ((ptr = (pcre_uchar *)find_recurse(ptr, utf)) != NULL) |
| 2811 | { |
| 2812 | int offset; |
| 2813 | pcre_uchar *hc; |
| 2814 | |
| 2815 | /* See if this recursion is on the forward reference list. If so, adjust the |
| 2816 | reference. */ |
| 2817 | |
| 2818 | for (hc = save_hwm; hc < cd->hwm; hc += LINK_SIZE) |
| 2819 | { |
| 2820 | offset = (int)GET(hc, 0); |
| 2821 | if (cd->start_code + offset == ptr + 1) |
| 2822 | { |
| 2823 | PUT(hc, 0, offset + adjust); |
| 2824 | break; |
| 2825 | } |
| 2826 | } |
| 2827 | |
| 2828 | /* Otherwise, adjust the recursion offset if it's after the start of this |
| 2829 | group. */ |
| 2830 | |
| 2831 | if (hc >= cd->hwm) |
| 2832 | { |
| 2833 | offset = (int)GET(ptr, 1); |
| 2834 | if (cd->start_code + offset >= group) PUT(ptr, 1, offset + adjust); |
| 2835 | } |
| 2836 | |
| 2837 | ptr += 1 + LINK_SIZE; |
| 2838 | } |
| 2839 | } |
| 2840 | |
| 2841 | |
| 2842 | |
| 2843 | /************************************************* |
| 2844 | * Insert an automatic callout point * |
| 2845 | *************************************************/ |
| 2846 | |
| 2847 | /* This function is called when the PCRE_AUTO_CALLOUT option is set, to insert |
| 2848 | callout points before each pattern item. |
| 2849 | |
| 2850 | Arguments: |
| 2851 | code current code pointer |
| 2852 | ptr current pattern pointer |
| 2853 | cd pointers to tables etc |
| 2854 | |
| 2855 | Returns: new code pointer |
| 2856 | */ |
| 2857 | |
| 2858 | static pcre_uchar * |
| 2859 | auto_callout(pcre_uchar *code, const pcre_uchar *ptr, compile_data *cd) |
| 2860 | { |
| 2861 | *code++ = OP_CALLOUT; |
| 2862 | *code++ = 255; |
| 2863 | PUT(code, 0, (int)(ptr - cd->start_pattern)); /* Pattern offset */ |
| 2864 | PUT(code, LINK_SIZE, 0); /* Default length */ |
| 2865 | return code + 2 * LINK_SIZE; |
| 2866 | } |
| 2867 | |
| 2868 | |
| 2869 | |
| 2870 | /************************************************* |
| 2871 | * Complete a callout item * |
| 2872 | *************************************************/ |
| 2873 | |
| 2874 | /* A callout item contains the length of the next item in the pattern, which |
| 2875 | we can't fill in till after we have reached the relevant point. This is used |
| 2876 | for both automatic and manual callouts. |
| 2877 | |
| 2878 | Arguments: |
| 2879 | previous_callout points to previous callout item |
| 2880 | ptr current pattern pointer |
| 2881 | cd pointers to tables etc |
| 2882 | |
| 2883 | Returns: nothing |
| 2884 | */ |
| 2885 | |
| 2886 | static void |
| 2887 | complete_callout(pcre_uchar *previous_callout, const pcre_uchar *ptr, compile_data *cd) |
| 2888 | { |
| 2889 | int length = (int)(ptr - cd->start_pattern - GET(previous_callout, 2)); |
| 2890 | PUT(previous_callout, 2 + LINK_SIZE, length); |
| 2891 | } |
| 2892 | |
| 2893 | |
| 2894 | |
| 2895 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
| 2896 | /************************************************* |
| 2897 | * Get othercase range * |
| 2898 | *************************************************/ |
| 2899 | |
| 2900 | /* This function is passed the start and end of a class range, in UTF-8 mode |
| 2901 | with UCP support. It searches up the characters, looking for ranges of |
| 2902 | characters in the "other" case. Each call returns the next one, updating the |
| 2903 | start address. A character with multiple other cases is returned on its own |
| 2904 | with a special return value. |
| 2905 | |
| 2906 | Arguments: |
| 2907 | cptr points to starting character value; updated |
| 2908 | d end value |
| 2909 | ocptr where to put start of othercase range |
| 2910 | odptr where to put end of othercase range |
| 2911 | |
| 2912 | Yield: -1 when no more |
| 2913 | 0 when a range is returned |
| 2914 | >0 the CASESET offset for char with multiple other cases |
| 2915 | in this case, ocptr contains the original |
| 2916 | */ |
| 2917 | |
| 2918 | static int |
| 2919 | get_othercase_range(pcre_uint32 *cptr, pcre_uint32 d, pcre_uint32 *ocptr, |
| 2920 | pcre_uint32 *odptr) |
| 2921 | { |
| 2922 | pcre_uint32 c, othercase, next; |
| 2923 | unsigned int co; |
| 2924 | |
| 2925 | /* Find the first character that has an other case. If it has multiple other |
| 2926 | cases, return its case offset value. */ |
| 2927 | |
| 2928 | for (c = *cptr; c <= d; c++) |
| 2929 | { |
| 2930 | if ((co = UCD_CASESET(c)) != 0) |
| 2931 | { |
| 2932 | *ocptr = c++; /* Character that has the set */ |
| 2933 | *cptr = c; /* Rest of input range */ |
| 2934 | return (int)co; |
| 2935 | } |
| 2936 | if ((othercase = UCD_OTHERCASE(c)) != c) break; |
| 2937 | } |
| 2938 | |
| 2939 | if (c > d) return -1; /* Reached end of range */ |
| 2940 | |
| 2941 | *ocptr = othercase; |
| 2942 | next = othercase + 1; |
| 2943 | |
| 2944 | for (++c; c <= d; c++) |
| 2945 | { |
| 2946 | if (UCD_OTHERCASE(c) != next) break; |
| 2947 | next++; |
| 2948 | } |
| 2949 | |
| 2950 | *odptr = next - 1; /* End of othercase range */ |
| 2951 | *cptr = c; /* Rest of input range */ |
| 2952 | return 0; |
| 2953 | } |
| 2954 | |
| 2955 | |
| 2956 | |
| 2957 | /************************************************* |
| 2958 | * Check a character and a property * |
| 2959 | *************************************************/ |
| 2960 | |
| 2961 | /* This function is called by check_auto_possessive() when a property item |
| 2962 | is adjacent to a fixed character. |
| 2963 | |
| 2964 | Arguments: |
| 2965 | c the character |
| 2966 | ptype the property type |
| 2967 | pdata the data for the type |
| 2968 | negated TRUE if it's a negated property (\P or \p{^) |
| 2969 | |
| 2970 | Returns: TRUE if auto-possessifying is OK |
| 2971 | */ |
| 2972 | |
| 2973 | static BOOL |
| 2974 | check_char_prop(pcre_uint32 c, unsigned int ptype, unsigned int pdata, BOOL negated) |
| 2975 | { |
| 2976 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
| 2977 | const pcre_uint32 *p; |
| 2978 | #endif |
| 2979 | |
| 2980 | const ucd_record *prop = GET_UCD(c); |
| 2981 | |
| 2982 | switch(ptype) |
| 2983 | { |
| 2984 | case PT_LAMP: |
| 2985 | return (prop->chartype == ucp_Lu || |
| 2986 | prop->chartype == ucp_Ll || |
| 2987 | prop->chartype == ucp_Lt) == negated; |
| 2988 | |
| 2989 | case PT_GC: |
| 2990 | return (pdata == PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype]) == negated; |
| 2991 | |
| 2992 | case PT_PC: |
| 2993 | return (pdata == prop->chartype) == negated; |
| 2994 | |
| 2995 | case PT_SC: |
| 2996 | return (pdata == prop->script) == negated; |
| 2997 | |
| 2998 | /* These are specials */ |
| 2999 | |
| 3000 | case PT_ALNUM: |
| 3001 | return (PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_L || |
| 3002 | PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_N) == negated; |
| 3003 | |
| 3004 | case PT_SPACE: /* Perl space */ |
| 3005 | return (PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_Z || |
| 3006 | c == CHAR_HT || c == CHAR_NL || c == CHAR_FF || c == CHAR_CR) |
| 3007 | == negated; |
| 3008 | |
| 3009 | case PT_PXSPACE: /* POSIX space */ |
| 3010 | return (PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_Z || |
| 3011 | c == CHAR_HT || c == CHAR_NL || c == CHAR_VT || |
| 3012 | c == CHAR_FF || c == CHAR_CR) |
| 3013 | == negated; |
| 3014 | |
| 3015 | case PT_WORD: |
| 3016 | return (PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_L || |
| 3017 | PRIV(ucp_gentype)[prop->chartype] == ucp_N || |
| 3018 | c == CHAR_UNDERSCORE) == negated; |
| 3019 | |
| 3020 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
| 3021 | case PT_CLIST: |
| 3022 | p = PRIV(ucd_caseless_sets) + prop->caseset; |
| 3023 | for (;;) |
| 3024 | { |
| 3025 | if (c < *p) return !negated; |
| 3026 | if (c == *p++) return negated; |
| 3027 | } |
| 3028 | break; /* Control never reaches here */ |
| 3029 | #endif |
| 3030 | } |
| 3031 | |
| 3032 | return FALSE; |
| 3033 | } |
| 3034 | #endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */ |
| 3035 | |
| 3036 | |
| 3037 | |
| 3038 | /************************************************* |
| 3039 | * Check if auto-possessifying is possible * |
| 3040 | *************************************************/ |
| 3041 | |
| 3042 | /* This function is called for unlimited repeats of certain items, to see |
| 3043 | whether the next thing could possibly match the repeated item. If not, it makes |
| 3044 | sense to automatically possessify the repeated item. |
| 3045 | |
| 3046 | Arguments: |
| 3047 | previous pointer to the repeated opcode |
| 3048 | utf TRUE in UTF-8 / UTF-16 / UTF-32 mode |
| 3049 | ptr next character in pattern |
| 3050 | options options bits |
| 3051 | cd contains pointers to tables etc. |
| 3052 | |
| 3053 | Returns: TRUE if possessifying is wanted |
| 3054 | */ |
| 3055 | |
| 3056 | static BOOL |
| 3057 | check_auto_possessive(const pcre_uchar *previous, BOOL utf, |
| 3058 | const pcre_uchar *ptr, int options, compile_data *cd) |
| 3059 | { |
| 3060 | pcre_uint32 c = NOTACHAR; |
| 3061 | pcre_uint32 next; |
| 3062 | int escape; |
| 3063 | pcre_uchar op_code = *previous++; |
| 3064 | |
| 3065 | /* Skip whitespace and comments in extended mode */ |
| 3066 | |
| 3067 | if ((options & PCRE_EXTENDED) != 0) |
| 3068 | { |
| 3069 | for (;;) |
| 3070 | { |
| 3071 | while (MAX_255(*ptr) && (cd->ctypes[*ptr] & ctype_space) != 0) ptr++; |
| 3072 | if (*ptr == CHAR_NUMBER_SIGN) |
| 3073 | { |
| 3074 | ptr++; |
| 3075 | while (*ptr != CHAR_NULL) |
| 3076 | { |
| 3077 | if (IS_NEWLINE(ptr)) { ptr += cd->nllen; break; } |
| 3078 | ptr++; |
| 3079 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
| 3080 | if (utf) FORWARDCHAR(ptr); |
| 3081 | #endif |
| 3082 | } |
| 3083 | } |
| 3084 | else break; |
| 3085 | } |
| 3086 | } |
| 3087 | |
| 3088 | /* If the next item is one that we can handle, get its value. A non-negative |
| 3089 | value is a character, a negative value is an escape value. */ |
| 3090 | |
| 3091 | if (*ptr == CHAR_BACKSLASH) |
| 3092 | { |
| 3093 | int temperrorcode = 0; |
| 3094 | escape = check_escape(&ptr, &next, &temperrorcode, cd->bracount, options, |
| 3095 | FALSE); |
| 3096 | if (temperrorcode != 0) return FALSE; |
| 3097 | ptr++; /* Point after the escape sequence */ |
| 3098 | } |
| 3099 | else if (!MAX_255(*ptr) || (cd->ctypes[*ptr] & ctype_meta) == 0) |
| 3100 | { |
| 3101 | escape = 0; |
| 3102 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
| 3103 | if (utf) { GETCHARINC(next, ptr); } else |
| 3104 | #endif |
| 3105 | next = *ptr++; |
| 3106 | } |
| 3107 | else return FALSE; |
| 3108 | |
| 3109 | /* Skip whitespace and comments in extended mode */ |
| 3110 | |
| 3111 | if ((options & PCRE_EXTENDED) != 0) |
| 3112 | { |
| 3113 | for (;;) |
| 3114 | { |
| 3115 | while (MAX_255(*ptr) && (cd->ctypes[*ptr] & ctype_space) != 0) ptr++; |
| 3116 | if (*ptr == CHAR_NUMBER_SIGN) |
| 3117 | { |
| 3118 | ptr++; |
| 3119 | while (*ptr != CHAR_NULL) |
| 3120 | { |
| 3121 | if (IS_NEWLINE(ptr)) { ptr += cd->nllen; break; } |
| 3122 | ptr++; |
| 3123 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
| 3124 | if (utf) FORWARDCHAR(ptr); |
| 3125 | #endif |
| 3126 | } |
| 3127 | } |
| 3128 | else break; |
| 3129 | } |
| 3130 | } |
| 3131 | |
| 3132 | /* If the next thing is itself optional, we have to give up. */ |
| 3133 | |
| 3134 | if (*ptr == CHAR_ASTERISK || *ptr == CHAR_QUESTION_MARK || |
| 3135 | STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr, STR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET STR_0 STR_COMMA, 3) == 0) |
| 3136 | return FALSE; |
| 3137 | |
| 3138 | /* If the previous item is a character, get its value. */ |
| 3139 | |
| 3140 | if (op_code == OP_CHAR || op_code == OP_CHARI || |
| 3141 | op_code == OP_NOT || op_code == OP_NOTI) |
| 3142 | { |
| 3143 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
| 3144 | GETCHARTEST(c, previous); |
| 3145 | #else |
| 3146 | c = *previous; |
| 3147 | #endif |
| 3148 | } |
| 3149 | |
| 3150 | /* Now compare the next item with the previous opcode. First, handle cases when |
| 3151 | the next item is a character. */ |
| 3152 | |
| 3153 | if (escape == 0) |
| 3154 | { |
| 3155 | /* For a caseless UTF match, the next character may have more than one other |
| 3156 | case, which maps to the special PT_CLIST property. Check this first. */ |
| 3157 | |
| 3158 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
| 3159 | if (utf && c != NOTACHAR && (options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0) |
| 3160 | { |
| 3161 | unsigned int ocs = UCD_CASESET(next); |
| 3162 | if (ocs > 0) return check_char_prop(c, PT_CLIST, ocs, op_code >= OP_NOT); |
| 3163 | } |
| 3164 | #endif |
| 3165 | |
| 3166 | switch(op_code) |
| 3167 | { |
| 3168 | case OP_CHAR: |
| 3169 | return c != next; |
| 3170 | |
| 3171 | /* For CHARI (caseless character) we must check the other case. If we have |
| 3172 | Unicode property support, we can use it to test the other case of |
| 3173 | high-valued characters. We know that next can have only one other case, |
| 3174 | because multi-other-case characters are dealt with above. */ |
| 3175 | |
| 3176 | case OP_CHARI: |
| 3177 | if (c == next) return FALSE; |
| 3178 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
| 3179 | if (utf) |
| 3180 | { |
| 3181 | pcre_uint32 othercase; |
| 3182 | if (next < 128) othercase = cd->fcc[next]; else |
| 3183 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
| 3184 | othercase = UCD_OTHERCASE(next); |
| 3185 | #else |
| 3186 | othercase = NOTACHAR; |
| 3187 | #endif |
| 3188 | return c != othercase; |
| 3189 | } |
| 3190 | else |
| 3191 | #endif /* SUPPORT_UTF */ |
| 3192 | return (c != TABLE_GET(next, cd->fcc, next)); /* Not UTF */ |
| 3193 | |
| 3194 | case OP_NOT: |
| 3195 | return c == next; |
| 3196 | |
| 3197 | case OP_NOTI: |
| 3198 | if (c == next) return TRUE; |
| 3199 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
| 3200 | if (utf) |
| 3201 | { |
| 3202 | pcre_uint32 othercase; |
| 3203 | if (next < 128) othercase = cd->fcc[next]; else |
| 3204 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
| 3205 | othercase = UCD_OTHERCASE(next); |
| 3206 | #else |
| 3207 | othercase = NOTACHAR; |
| 3208 | #endif |
| 3209 | return c == othercase; |
| 3210 | } |
| 3211 | else |
| 3212 | #endif /* SUPPORT_UTF */ |
| 3213 | return (c == TABLE_GET(next, cd->fcc, next)); /* Not UTF */ |
| 3214 | |
| 3215 | /* Note that OP_DIGIT etc. are generated only when PCRE_UCP is *not* set. |
| 3216 | When it is set, \d etc. are converted into OP_(NOT_)PROP codes. */ |
| 3217 | |
| 3218 | case OP_DIGIT: |
| 3219 | return next > 255 || (cd->ctypes[next] & ctype_digit) == 0; |
| 3220 | |
| 3221 | case OP_NOT_DIGIT: |
| 3222 | return next <= 255 && (cd->ctypes[next] & ctype_digit) != 0; |
| 3223 | |
| 3224 | case OP_WHITESPACE: |
| 3225 | return next > 255 || (cd->ctypes[next] & ctype_space) == 0; |
| 3226 | |
| 3227 | case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE: |
| 3228 | return next <= 255 && (cd->ctypes[next] & ctype_space) != 0; |
| 3229 | |
| 3230 | case OP_WORDCHAR: |
| 3231 | return next > 255 || (cd->ctypes[next] & ctype_word) == 0; |
| 3232 | |
| 3233 | case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR: |
| 3234 | return next <= 255 && (cd->ctypes[next] & ctype_word) != 0; |
| 3235 | |
| 3236 | case OP_HSPACE: |
| 3237 | case OP_NOT_HSPACE: |
| 3238 | switch(next) |
| 3239 | { |
| 3240 | HSPACE_CASES: |
| 3241 | return op_code == OP_NOT_HSPACE; |
| 3242 | |
| 3243 | default: |
| 3244 | return op_code != OP_NOT_HSPACE; |
| 3245 | } |
| 3246 | |
| 3247 | case OP_ANYNL: |
| 3248 | case OP_VSPACE: |
| 3249 | case OP_NOT_VSPACE: |
| 3250 | switch(next) |
| 3251 | { |
| 3252 | VSPACE_CASES: |
| 3253 | return op_code == OP_NOT_VSPACE; |
| 3254 | |
| 3255 | default: |
| 3256 | return op_code != OP_NOT_VSPACE; |
| 3257 | } |
| 3258 | |
| 3259 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
| 3260 | case OP_PROP: |
| 3261 | return check_char_prop(next, previous[0], previous[1], FALSE); |
| 3262 | |
| 3263 | case OP_NOTPROP: |
| 3264 | return check_char_prop(next, previous[0], previous[1], TRUE); |
| 3265 | #endif |
| 3266 | |
| 3267 | default: |
| 3268 | return FALSE; |
| 3269 | } |
| 3270 | } |
| 3271 | |
| 3272 | /* Handle the case when the next item is \d, \s, etc. Note that when PCRE_UCP |
| 3273 | is set, \d turns into ESC_du rather than ESC_d, etc., so ESC_d etc. are |
| 3274 | generated only when PCRE_UCP is *not* set, that is, when only ASCII |
| 3275 | characteristics are recognized. Similarly, the opcodes OP_DIGIT etc. are |
| 3276 | replaced by OP_PROP codes when PCRE_UCP is set. */ |
| 3277 | |
| 3278 | switch(op_code) |
| 3279 | { |
| 3280 | case OP_CHAR: |
| 3281 | case OP_CHARI: |
| 3282 | switch(escape) |
| 3283 | { |
| 3284 | case ESC_d: |
| 3285 | return c > 255 || (cd->ctypes[c] & ctype_digit) == 0; |
| 3286 | |
| 3287 | case ESC_D: |
| 3288 | return c <= 255 && (cd->ctypes[c] & ctype_digit) != 0; |
| 3289 | |
| 3290 | case ESC_s: |
| 3291 | return c > 255 || (cd->ctypes[c] & ctype_space) == 0; |
| 3292 | |
| 3293 | case ESC_S: |
| 3294 | return c <= 255 && (cd->ctypes[c] & ctype_space) != 0; |
| 3295 | |
| 3296 | case ESC_w: |
| 3297 | return c > 255 || (cd->ctypes[c] & ctype_word) == 0; |
| 3298 | |
| 3299 | case ESC_W: |
| 3300 | return c <= 255 && (cd->ctypes[c] & ctype_word) != 0; |
| 3301 | |
| 3302 | case ESC_h: |
| 3303 | case ESC_H: |
| 3304 | switch(c) |
| 3305 | { |
| 3306 | HSPACE_CASES: |
| 3307 | return escape != ESC_h; |
| 3308 | |
| 3309 | default: |
| 3310 | return escape == ESC_h; |
| 3311 | } |
| 3312 | |
| 3313 | case ESC_v: |
| 3314 | case ESC_V: |
| 3315 | switch(c) |
| 3316 | { |
| 3317 | VSPACE_CASES: |
| 3318 | return escape != ESC_v; |
| 3319 | |
| 3320 | default: |
| 3321 | return escape == ESC_v; |
| 3322 | } |
| 3323 | |
| 3324 | /* When PCRE_UCP is set, these values get generated for \d etc. Find |
| 3325 | their substitutions and process them. The result will always be either |
| 3326 | ESC_p or ESC_P. Then fall through to process those values. */ |
| 3327 | |
| 3328 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
| 3329 | case ESC_du: |
| 3330 | case ESC_DU: |
| 3331 | case ESC_wu: |
| 3332 | case ESC_WU: |
| 3333 | case ESC_su: |
| 3334 | case ESC_SU: |
| 3335 | { |
| 3336 | int temperrorcode = 0; |
| 3337 | ptr = substitutes[escape - ESC_DU]; |
| 3338 | escape = check_escape(&ptr, &next, &temperrorcode, 0, options, FALSE); |
| 3339 | if (temperrorcode != 0) return FALSE; |
| 3340 | ptr++; /* For compatibility */ |
| 3341 | } |
| 3342 | /* Fall through */ |
| 3343 | |
| 3344 | case ESC_p: |
| 3345 | case ESC_P: |
| 3346 | { |
| 3347 | unsigned int ptype = 0, pdata = 0; |
| 3348 | int errorcodeptr; |
| 3349 | BOOL negated; |
| 3350 | |
| 3351 | ptr--; /* Make ptr point at the p or P */ |
| 3352 | if (!get_ucp(&ptr, &negated, &ptype, &pdata, &errorcodeptr)) |
| 3353 | return FALSE; |
| 3354 | ptr++; /* Point past the final curly ket */ |
| 3355 | |
| 3356 | /* If the property item is optional, we have to give up. (When generated |
| 3357 | from \d etc by PCRE_UCP, this test will have been applied much earlier, |
| 3358 | to the original \d etc. At this point, ptr will point to a zero byte. */ |
| 3359 | |
| 3360 | if (*ptr == CHAR_ASTERISK || *ptr == CHAR_QUESTION_MARK || |
| 3361 | STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr, STR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET STR_0 STR_COMMA, 3) == 0) |
| 3362 | return FALSE; |
| 3363 | |
| 3364 | /* Do the property check. */ |
| 3365 | |
| 3366 | return check_char_prop(c, ptype, pdata, (escape == ESC_P) != negated); |
| 3367 | } |
| 3368 | #endif |
| 3369 | |
| 3370 | default: |
| 3371 | return FALSE; |
| 3372 | } |
| 3373 | |
| 3374 | /* In principle, support for Unicode properties should be integrated here as |
| 3375 | well. It means re-organizing the above code so as to get hold of the property |
| 3376 | values before switching on the op-code. However, I wonder how many patterns |
| 3377 | combine ASCII \d etc with Unicode properties? (Note that if PCRE_UCP is set, |
| 3378 | these op-codes are never generated.) */ |
| 3379 | |
| 3380 | case OP_DIGIT: |
| 3381 | return escape == ESC_D || escape == ESC_s || escape == ESC_W || |
| 3382 | escape == ESC_h || escape == ESC_v || escape == ESC_R; |
| 3383 | |
| 3384 | case OP_NOT_DIGIT: |
| 3385 | return escape == ESC_d; |
| 3386 | |
| 3387 | case OP_WHITESPACE: |
| 3388 | return escape == ESC_S || escape == ESC_d || escape == ESC_w; |
| 3389 | |
| 3390 | case OP_NOT_WHITESPACE: |
| 3391 | return escape == ESC_s || escape == ESC_h || escape == ESC_v || escape == ESC_R; |
| 3392 | |
| 3393 | case OP_HSPACE: |
| 3394 | return escape == ESC_S || escape == ESC_H || escape == ESC_d || |
| 3395 | escape == ESC_w || escape == ESC_v || escape == ESC_R; |
| 3396 | |
| 3397 | case OP_NOT_HSPACE: |
| 3398 | return escape == ESC_h; |
| 3399 | |
| 3400 | /* Can't have \S in here because VT matches \S (Perl anomaly) */ |
| 3401 | case OP_ANYNL: |
| 3402 | case OP_VSPACE: |
| 3403 | return escape == ESC_V || escape == ESC_d || escape == ESC_w; |
| 3404 | |
| 3405 | case OP_NOT_VSPACE: |
| 3406 | return escape == ESC_v || escape == ESC_R; |
| 3407 | |
| 3408 | case OP_WORDCHAR: |
| 3409 | return escape == ESC_W || escape == ESC_s || escape == ESC_h || |
| 3410 | escape == ESC_v || escape == ESC_R; |
| 3411 | |
| 3412 | case OP_NOT_WORDCHAR: |
| 3413 | return escape == ESC_w || escape == ESC_d; |
| 3414 | |
| 3415 | default: |
| 3416 | return FALSE; |
| 3417 | } |
| 3418 | |
| 3419 | /* Control does not reach here */ |
| 3420 | } |
| 3421 | |
| 3422 | |
| 3423 | |
| 3424 | /************************************************* |
| 3425 | * Add a character or range to a class * |
| 3426 | *************************************************/ |
| 3427 | |
| 3428 | /* This function packages up the logic of adding a character or range of |
| 3429 | characters to a class. The character values in the arguments will be within the |
| 3430 | valid values for the current mode (8-bit, 16-bit, UTF, etc). This function is |
| 3431 | mutually recursive with the function immediately below. |
| 3432 | |
| 3433 | Arguments: |
| 3434 | classbits the bit map for characters < 256 |
| 3435 | uchardptr points to the pointer for extra data |
| 3436 | options the options word |
| 3437 | cd contains pointers to tables etc. |
| 3438 | start start of range character |
| 3439 | end end of range character |
| 3440 | |
| 3441 | Returns: the number of < 256 characters added |
| 3442 | the pointer to extra data is updated |
| 3443 | */ |
| 3444 | |
| 3445 | static int |
| 3446 | add_to_class(pcre_uint8 *classbits, pcre_uchar **uchardptr, int options, |
| 3447 | compile_data *cd, pcre_uint32 start, pcre_uint32 end) |
| 3448 | { |
| 3449 | pcre_uint32 c; |
| 3450 | int n8 = 0; |
| 3451 | |
| 3452 | /* If caseless matching is required, scan the range and process alternate |
| 3453 | cases. In Unicode, there are 8-bit characters that have alternate cases that |
| 3454 | are greater than 255 and vice-versa. Sometimes we can just extend the original |
| 3455 | range. */ |
| 3456 | |
| 3457 | if ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0) |
| 3458 | { |
| 3459 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
| 3460 | if ((options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0) |
| 3461 | { |
| 3462 | int rc; |
| 3463 | pcre_uint32 oc, od; |
| 3464 | |
| 3465 | options &= ~PCRE_CASELESS; /* Remove for recursive calls */ |
| 3466 | c = start; |
| 3467 | |
| 3468 | while ((rc = get_othercase_range(&c, end, &oc, &od)) >= 0) |
| 3469 | { |
| 3470 | /* Handle a single character that has more than one other case. */ |
| 3471 | |
| 3472 | if (rc > 0) n8 += add_list_to_class(classbits, uchardptr, options, cd, |
| 3473 | PRIV(ucd_caseless_sets) + rc, oc); |
| 3474 | |
| 3475 | /* Do nothing if the other case range is within the original range. */ |
| 3476 | |
| 3477 | else if (oc >= start && od <= end) continue; |
| 3478 | |
| 3479 | /* Extend the original range if there is overlap, noting that if oc < c, we |
| 3480 | can't have od > end because a subrange is always shorter than the basic |
| 3481 | range. Otherwise, use a recursive call to add the additional range. */ |
| 3482 | |
| 3483 | else if (oc < start && od >= start - 1) start = oc; /* Extend downwards */ |
| 3484 | else if (od > end && oc <= end + 1) end = od; /* Extend upwards */ |
| 3485 | else n8 += add_to_class(classbits, uchardptr, options, cd, oc, od); |
| 3486 | } |
| 3487 | } |
| 3488 | else |
| 3489 | #endif /* SUPPORT_UCP */ |
| 3490 | |
| 3491 | /* Not UTF-mode, or no UCP */ |
| 3492 | |
| 3493 | for (c = start; c <= end && c < 256; c++) |
| 3494 | { |
| 3495 | SETBIT(classbits, cd->fcc[c]); |
| 3496 | n8++; |
| 3497 | } |
| 3498 | } |
| 3499 | |
| 3500 | /* Now handle the original range. Adjust the final value according to the bit |
| 3501 | length - this means that the same lists of (e.g.) horizontal spaces can be used |
| 3502 | in all cases. */ |
| 3503 | |
| 3504 | #if defined COMPILE_PCRE8 |
| 3505 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
| 3506 | if ((options & PCRE_UTF8) == 0) |
| 3507 | #endif |
| 3508 | if (end > 0xff) end = 0xff; |
| 3509 | |
| 3510 | #elif defined COMPILE_PCRE16 |
| 3511 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
| 3512 | if ((options & PCRE_UTF16) == 0) |
| 3513 | #endif |
| 3514 | if (end > 0xffff) end = 0xffff; |
| 3515 | |
| 3516 | #endif /* COMPILE_PCRE[8|16] */ |
| 3517 | |
| 3518 | /* If all characters are less than 256, use the bit map. Otherwise use extra |
| 3519 | data. */ |
| 3520 | |
| 3521 | if (end < 0x100) |
| 3522 | { |
| 3523 | for (c = start; c <= end; c++) |
| 3524 | { |
| 3525 | n8++; |
| 3526 | SETBIT(classbits, c); |
| 3527 | } |
| 3528 | } |
| 3529 | |
| 3530 | else |
| 3531 | { |
| 3532 | pcre_uchar *uchardata = *uchardptr; |
| 3533 | |
| 3534 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
| 3535 | if ((options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0) /* All UTFs use the same flag bit */ |
| 3536 | { |
| 3537 | if (start < end) |
| 3538 | { |
| 3539 | *uchardata++ = XCL_RANGE; |
| 3540 | uchardata += PRIV(ord2utf)(start, uchardata); |
| 3541 | uchardata += PRIV(ord2utf)(end, uchardata); |
| 3542 | } |
| 3543 | else if (start == end) |
| 3544 | { |
| 3545 | *uchardata++ = XCL_SINGLE; |
| 3546 | uchardata += PRIV(ord2utf)(start, uchardata); |
| 3547 | } |
| 3548 | } |
| 3549 | else |
| 3550 | #endif /* SUPPORT_UTF */ |
| 3551 | |
| 3552 | /* Without UTF support, character values are constrained by the bit length, |
| 3553 | and can only be > 256 for 16-bit and 32-bit libraries. */ |
| 3554 | |
| 3555 | #ifdef COMPILE_PCRE8 |
| 3556 | {} |
| 3557 | #else |
| 3558 | if (start < end) |
| 3559 | { |
| 3560 | *uchardata++ = XCL_RANGE; |
| 3561 | *uchardata++ = start; |
| 3562 | *uchardata++ = end; |
| 3563 | } |
| 3564 | else if (start == end) |
| 3565 | { |
| 3566 | *uchardata++ = XCL_SINGLE; |
| 3567 | *uchardata++ = start; |
| 3568 | } |
| 3569 | #endif |
| 3570 | |
| 3571 | *uchardptr = uchardata; /* Updata extra data pointer */ |
| 3572 | } |
| 3573 | |
| 3574 | return n8; /* Number of 8-bit characters */ |
| 3575 | } |
| 3576 | |
| 3577 | |
| 3578 | |
| 3579 | |
| 3580 | /************************************************* |
| 3581 | * Add a list of characters to a class * |
| 3582 | *************************************************/ |
| 3583 | |
| 3584 | /* This function is used for adding a list of case-equivalent characters to a |
| 3585 | class, and also for adding a list of horizontal or vertical whitespace. If the |
| 3586 | list is in order (which it should be), ranges of characters are detected and |
| 3587 | handled appropriately. This function is mutually recursive with the function |
| 3588 | above. |
| 3589 | |
| 3590 | Arguments: |
| 3591 | classbits the bit map for characters < 256 |
| 3592 | uchardptr points to the pointer for extra data |
| 3593 | options the options word |
| 3594 | cd contains pointers to tables etc. |
| 3595 | p points to row of 32-bit values, terminated by NOTACHAR |
| 3596 | except character to omit; this is used when adding lists of |
| 3597 | case-equivalent characters to avoid including the one we |
| 3598 | already know about |
| 3599 | |
| 3600 | Returns: the number of < 256 characters added |
| 3601 | the pointer to extra data is updated |
| 3602 | */ |
| 3603 | |
| 3604 | static int |
| 3605 | add_list_to_class(pcre_uint8 *classbits, pcre_uchar **uchardptr, int options, |
| 3606 | compile_data *cd, const pcre_uint32 *p, unsigned int except) |
| 3607 | { |
| 3608 | int n8 = 0; |
| 3609 | while (p[0] < NOTACHAR) |
| 3610 | { |
| 3611 | int n = 0; |
| 3612 | if (p[0] != except) |
| 3613 | { |
| 3614 | while(p[n+1] == p[0] + n + 1) n++; |
| 3615 | n8 += add_to_class(classbits, uchardptr, options, cd, p[0], p[n]); |
| 3616 | } |
| 3617 | p += n + 1; |
| 3618 | } |
| 3619 | return n8; |
| 3620 | } |
| 3621 | |
| 3622 | |
| 3623 | |
| 3624 | /************************************************* |
| 3625 | * Add characters not in a list to a class * |
| 3626 | *************************************************/ |
| 3627 | |
| 3628 | /* This function is used for adding the complement of a list of horizontal or |
| 3629 | vertical whitespace to a class. The list must be in order. |
| 3630 | |
| 3631 | Arguments: |
| 3632 | classbits the bit map for characters < 256 |
| 3633 | uchardptr points to the pointer for extra data |
| 3634 | options the options word |
| 3635 | cd contains pointers to tables etc. |
| 3636 | p points to row of 32-bit values, terminated by NOTACHAR |
| 3637 | |
| 3638 | Returns: the number of < 256 characters added |
| 3639 | the pointer to extra data is updated |
| 3640 | */ |
| 3641 | |
| 3642 | static int |
| 3643 | add_not_list_to_class(pcre_uint8 *classbits, pcre_uchar **uchardptr, |
| 3644 | int options, compile_data *cd, const pcre_uint32 *p) |
| 3645 | { |
| 3646 | BOOL utf = (options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0; |
| 3647 | int n8 = 0; |
| 3648 | if (p[0] > 0) |
| 3649 | n8 += add_to_class(classbits, uchardptr, options, cd, 0, p[0] - 1); |
| 3650 | while (p[0] < NOTACHAR) |
| 3651 | { |
| 3652 | while (p[1] == p[0] + 1) p++; |
| 3653 | n8 += add_to_class(classbits, uchardptr, options, cd, p[0] + 1, |
| 3654 | (p[1] == NOTACHAR) ? (utf ? 0x10ffffu : 0xffffffffu) : p[1] - 1); |
| 3655 | p++; |
| 3656 | } |
| 3657 | return n8; |
| 3658 | } |
| 3659 | |
| 3660 | |
| 3661 | |
| 3662 | /************************************************* |
| 3663 | * Compile one branch * |
| 3664 | *************************************************/ |
| 3665 | |
| 3666 | /* Scan the pattern, compiling it into the a vector. If the options are |
| 3667 | changed during the branch, the pointer is used to change the external options |
| 3668 | bits. This function is used during the pre-compile phase when we are trying |
| 3669 | to find out the amount of memory needed, as well as during the real compile |
| 3670 | phase. The value of lengthptr distinguishes the two phases. |
| 3671 | |
| 3672 | Arguments: |
| 3673 | optionsptr pointer to the option bits |
| 3674 | codeptr points to the pointer to the current code point |
| 3675 | ptrptr points to the current pattern pointer |
| 3676 | errorcodeptr points to error code variable |
| 3677 | firstcharptr place to put the first required character |
| 3678 | firstcharflagsptr place to put the first character flags, or a negative number |
| 3679 | reqcharptr place to put the last required character |
| 3680 | reqcharflagsptr place to put the last required character flags, or a negative number |
| 3681 | bcptr points to current branch chain |
| 3682 | cond_depth conditional nesting depth |
| 3683 | cd contains pointers to tables etc. |
| 3684 | lengthptr NULL during the real compile phase |
| 3685 | points to length accumulator during pre-compile phase |
| 3686 | |
| 3687 | Returns: TRUE on success |
| 3688 | FALSE, with *errorcodeptr set non-zero on error |
| 3689 | */ |
| 3690 | |
| 3691 | static BOOL |
| 3692 | compile_branch(int *optionsptr, pcre_uchar **codeptr, |
| 3693 | const pcre_uchar **ptrptr, int *errorcodeptr, |
| 3694 | pcre_uint32 *firstcharptr, pcre_int32 *firstcharflagsptr, |
| 3695 | pcre_uint32 *reqcharptr, pcre_int32 *reqcharflagsptr, |
| 3696 | branch_chain *bcptr, int cond_depth, |
| 3697 | compile_data *cd, int *lengthptr) |
| 3698 | { |
| 3699 | int repeat_type, op_type; |
| 3700 | int repeat_min = 0, repeat_max = 0; /* To please picky compilers */ |
| 3701 | int bravalue = 0; |
| 3702 | int greedy_default, greedy_non_default; |
| 3703 | pcre_uint32 firstchar, reqchar; |
| 3704 | pcre_int32 firstcharflags, reqcharflags; |
| 3705 | pcre_uint32 zeroreqchar, zerofirstchar; |
| 3706 | pcre_int32 zeroreqcharflags, zerofirstcharflags; |
| 3707 | pcre_int32 req_caseopt, reqvary, tempreqvary; |
| 3708 | int options = *optionsptr; /* May change dynamically */ |
| 3709 | int after_manual_callout = 0; |
| 3710 | int length_prevgroup = 0; |
| 3711 | register pcre_uint32 c; |
| 3712 | int escape; |
| 3713 | register pcre_uchar *code = *codeptr; |
| 3714 | pcre_uchar *last_code = code; |
| 3715 | pcre_uchar *orig_code = code; |
| 3716 | pcre_uchar *tempcode; |
| 3717 | BOOL inescq = FALSE; |
| 3718 | BOOL groupsetfirstchar = FALSE; |
| 3719 | const pcre_uchar *ptr = *ptrptr; |
| 3720 | const pcre_uchar *tempptr; |
| 3721 | const pcre_uchar *nestptr = NULL; |
| 3722 | pcre_uchar *previous = NULL; |
| 3723 | pcre_uchar *previous_callout = NULL; |
| 3724 | pcre_uchar *save_hwm = NULL; |
| 3725 | pcre_uint8 classbits[32]; |
| 3726 | |
| 3727 | /* We can fish out the UTF-8 setting once and for all into a BOOL, but we |
| 3728 | must not do this for other options (e.g. PCRE_EXTENDED) because they may change |
| 3729 | dynamically as we process the pattern. */ |
| 3730 | |
| 3731 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
| 3732 | /* PCRE_UTF[16|32] have the same value as PCRE_UTF8. */ |
| 3733 | BOOL utf = (options & PCRE_UTF8) != 0; |
| 3734 | #ifndef COMPILE_PCRE32 |
| 3735 | pcre_uchar utf_chars[6]; |
| 3736 | #endif |
| 3737 | #else |
| 3738 | BOOL utf = FALSE; |
| 3739 | #endif |
| 3740 | |
| 3741 | /* Helper variables for OP_XCLASS opcode (for characters > 255). We define |
| 3742 | class_uchardata always so that it can be passed to add_to_class() always, |
| 3743 | though it will not be used in non-UTF 8-bit cases. This avoids having to supply |
| 3744 | alternative calls for the different cases. */ |
| 3745 | |
| 3746 | pcre_uchar *class_uchardata; |
| 3747 | #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 |
| 3748 | BOOL xclass; |
| 3749 | pcre_uchar *class_uchardata_base; |
| 3750 | #endif |
| 3751 | |
| 3752 | #ifdef PCRE_DEBUG |
| 3753 | if (lengthptr != NULL) DPRINTF((">> start branch\n")); |
| 3754 | #endif |
| 3755 | |
| 3756 | /* Set up the default and non-default settings for greediness */ |
| 3757 | |
| 3758 | greedy_default = ((options & PCRE_UNGREEDY) != 0); |
| 3759 | greedy_non_default = greedy_default ^ 1; |
| 3760 | |
| 3761 | /* Initialize no first byte, no required byte. REQ_UNSET means "no char |
| 3762 | matching encountered yet". It gets changed to REQ_NONE if we hit something that |
| 3763 | matches a non-fixed char first char; reqchar just remains unset if we never |
| 3764 | find one. |
| 3765 | |
| 3766 | When we hit a repeat whose minimum is zero, we may have to adjust these values |
| 3767 | to take the zero repeat into account. This is implemented by setting them to |
| 3768 | zerofirstbyte and zeroreqchar when such a repeat is encountered. The individual |
| 3769 | item types that can be repeated set these backoff variables appropriately. */ |
| 3770 | |
| 3771 | firstchar = reqchar = zerofirstchar = zeroreqchar = 0; |
| 3772 | firstcharflags = reqcharflags = zerofirstcharflags = zeroreqcharflags = REQ_UNSET; |
| 3773 | |
| 3774 | /* The variable req_caseopt contains either the REQ_CASELESS value |
| 3775 | or zero, according to the current setting of the caseless flag. The |
| 3776 | REQ_CASELESS leaves the lower 28 bit empty. It is added into the |
| 3777 | firstchar or reqchar variables to record the case status of the |
| 3778 | value. This is used only for ASCII characters. */ |
| 3779 | |
| 3780 | req_caseopt = ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)? REQ_CASELESS:0; |
| 3781 | |
| 3782 | /* Switch on next character until the end of the branch */ |
| 3783 | |
| 3784 | for (;; ptr++) |
| 3785 | { |
| 3786 | BOOL negate_class; |
| 3787 | BOOL should_flip_negation; |
| 3788 | BOOL possessive_quantifier; |
| 3789 | BOOL is_quantifier; |
| 3790 | BOOL is_recurse; |
| 3791 | BOOL reset_bracount; |
| 3792 | int class_has_8bitchar; |
| 3793 | int class_one_char; |
| 3794 | int newoptions; |
| 3795 | int recno; |
| 3796 | int refsign; |
| 3797 | int skipbytes; |
| 3798 | pcre_uint32 subreqchar, subfirstchar; |
| 3799 | pcre_int32 subreqcharflags, subfirstcharflags; |
| 3800 | int terminator; |
| 3801 | unsigned int mclength; |
| 3802 | unsigned int tempbracount; |
| 3803 | pcre_uint32 ec; |
| 3804 | pcre_uchar mcbuffer[8]; |
| 3805 | |
| 3806 | /* Get next character in the pattern */ |
| 3807 | |
| 3808 | c = *ptr; |
| 3809 | |
| 3810 | /* If we are at the end of a nested substitution, revert to the outer level |
| 3811 | string. Nesting only happens one level deep. */ |
| 3812 | |
| 3813 | if (c == CHAR_NULL && nestptr != NULL) |
| 3814 | { |
| 3815 | ptr = nestptr; |
| 3816 | nestptr = NULL; |
| 3817 | c = *ptr; |
| 3818 | } |
| 3819 | |
| 3820 | /* If we are in the pre-compile phase, accumulate the length used for the |
| 3821 | previous cycle of this loop. */ |
| 3822 | |
| 3823 | if (lengthptr != NULL) |
| 3824 | { |
| 3825 | #ifdef PCRE_DEBUG |
| 3826 | if (code > cd->hwm) cd->hwm = code; /* High water info */ |
| 3827 | #endif |
| 3828 | if (code > cd->start_workspace + cd->workspace_size - |
| 3829 | WORK_SIZE_SAFETY_MARGIN) /* Check for overrun */ |
| 3830 | { |
| 3831 | *errorcodeptr = ERR52; |
| 3832 | goto FAILED; |
| 3833 | } |
| 3834 | |
| 3835 | /* There is at least one situation where code goes backwards: this is the |
| 3836 | case of a zero quantifier after a class (e.g. [ab]{0}). At compile time, |
| 3837 | the class is simply eliminated. However, it is created first, so we have to |
| 3838 | allow memory for it. Therefore, don't ever reduce the length at this point. |
| 3839 | */ |
| 3840 | |
| 3841 | if (code < last_code) code = last_code; |
| 3842 | |
| 3843 | /* Paranoid check for integer overflow */ |
| 3844 | |
| 3845 | if (OFLOW_MAX - *lengthptr < code - last_code) |
| 3846 | { |
| 3847 | *errorcodeptr = ERR20; |
| 3848 | goto FAILED; |
| 3849 | } |
| 3850 | |
| 3851 | *lengthptr += (int)(code - last_code); |
| 3852 | DPRINTF(("length=%d added %d c=%c (0x%x)\n", *lengthptr, |
| 3853 | (int)(code - last_code), c, c)); |
| 3854 | |
| 3855 | /* If "previous" is set and it is not at the start of the work space, move |
| 3856 | it back to there, in order to avoid filling up the work space. Otherwise, |
| 3857 | if "previous" is NULL, reset the current code pointer to the start. */ |
| 3858 | |
| 3859 | if (previous != NULL) |
| 3860 | { |
| 3861 | if (previous > orig_code) |
| 3862 | { |
| 3863 | memmove(orig_code, previous, IN_UCHARS(code - previous)); |
| 3864 | code -= previous - orig_code; |
| 3865 | previous = orig_code; |
| 3866 | } |
| 3867 | } |
| 3868 | else code = orig_code; |
| 3869 | |
| 3870 | /* Remember where this code item starts so we can pick up the length |
| 3871 | next time round. */ |
| 3872 | |
| 3873 | last_code = code; |
| 3874 | } |
| 3875 | |
| 3876 | /* In the real compile phase, just check the workspace used by the forward |
| 3877 | reference list. */ |
| 3878 | |
| 3879 | else if (cd->hwm > cd->start_workspace + cd->workspace_size - |
| 3880 | WORK_SIZE_SAFETY_MARGIN) |
| 3881 | { |
| 3882 | *errorcodeptr = ERR52; |
| 3883 | goto FAILED; |
| 3884 | } |
| 3885 | |
| 3886 | /* If in \Q...\E, check for the end; if not, we have a literal */ |
| 3887 | |
| 3888 | if (inescq && c != CHAR_NULL) |
| 3889 | { |
| 3890 | if (c == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[1] == CHAR_E) |
| 3891 | { |
| 3892 | inescq = FALSE; |
| 3893 | ptr++; |
| 3894 | continue; |
| 3895 | } |
| 3896 | else |
| 3897 | { |
| 3898 | if (previous_callout != NULL) |
| 3899 | { |
| 3900 | if (lengthptr == NULL) /* Don't attempt in pre-compile phase */ |
| 3901 | complete_callout(previous_callout, ptr, cd); |
| 3902 | previous_callout = NULL; |
| 3903 | } |
| 3904 | if ((options & PCRE_AUTO_CALLOUT) != 0) |
| 3905 | { |
| 3906 | previous_callout = code; |
| 3907 | code = auto_callout(code, ptr, cd); |
| 3908 | } |
| 3909 | goto NORMAL_CHAR; |
| 3910 | } |
| 3911 | } |
| 3912 | |
| 3913 | /* Fill in length of a previous callout, except when the next thing is |
| 3914 | a quantifier. */ |
| 3915 | |
| 3916 | is_quantifier = |
| 3917 | c == CHAR_ASTERISK || c == CHAR_PLUS || c == CHAR_QUESTION_MARK || |
| 3918 | (c == CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET && is_counted_repeat(ptr+1)); |
| 3919 | |
| 3920 | if (!is_quantifier && previous_callout != NULL && |
| 3921 | after_manual_callout-- <= 0) |
| 3922 | { |
| 3923 | if (lengthptr == NULL) /* Don't attempt in pre-compile phase */ |
| 3924 | complete_callout(previous_callout, ptr, cd); |
| 3925 | previous_callout = NULL; |
| 3926 | } |
| 3927 | |
| 3928 | /* In extended mode, skip white space and comments. */ |
| 3929 | |
| 3930 | if ((options & PCRE_EXTENDED) != 0) |
| 3931 | { |
| 3932 | if (MAX_255(*ptr) && (cd->ctypes[c] & ctype_space) != 0) continue; |
| 3933 | if (c == CHAR_NUMBER_SIGN) |
| 3934 | { |
| 3935 | ptr++; |
| 3936 | while (*ptr != CHAR_NULL) |
| 3937 | { |
| 3938 | if (IS_NEWLINE(ptr)) { ptr += cd->nllen - 1; break; } |
| 3939 | ptr++; |
| 3940 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
| 3941 | if (utf) FORWARDCHAR(ptr); |
| 3942 | #endif |
| 3943 | } |
| 3944 | if (*ptr != CHAR_NULL) continue; |
| 3945 | |
| 3946 | /* Else fall through to handle end of string */ |
| 3947 | c = 0; |
| 3948 | } |
| 3949 | } |
| 3950 | |
| 3951 | /* No auto callout for quantifiers. */ |
| 3952 | |
| 3953 | if ((options & PCRE_AUTO_CALLOUT) != 0 && !is_quantifier) |
| 3954 | { |
| 3955 | previous_callout = code; |
| 3956 | code = auto_callout(code, ptr, cd); |
| 3957 | } |
| 3958 | |
| 3959 | switch(c) |
| 3960 | { |
| 3961 | /* ===================================================================*/ |
| 3962 | case 0: /* The branch terminates at string end */ |
| 3963 | case CHAR_VERTICAL_LINE: /* or | or ) */ |
| 3964 | case CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS: |
| 3965 | *firstcharptr = firstchar; |
| 3966 | *firstcharflagsptr = firstcharflags; |
| 3967 | *reqcharptr = reqchar; |
| 3968 | *reqcharflagsptr = reqcharflags; |
| 3969 | *codeptr = code; |
| 3970 | *ptrptr = ptr; |
| 3971 | if (lengthptr != NULL) |
| 3972 | { |
| 3973 | if (OFLOW_MAX - *lengthptr < code - last_code) |
| 3974 | { |
| 3975 | *errorcodeptr = ERR20; |
| 3976 | goto FAILED; |
| 3977 | } |
| 3978 | *lengthptr += (int)(code - last_code); /* To include callout length */ |
| 3979 | DPRINTF((">> end branch\n")); |
| 3980 | } |
| 3981 | return TRUE; |
| 3982 | |
| 3983 | |
| 3984 | /* ===================================================================*/ |
| 3985 | /* Handle single-character metacharacters. In multiline mode, ^ disables |
| 3986 | the setting of any following char as a first character. */ |
| 3987 | |
| 3988 | case CHAR_CIRCUMFLEX_ACCENT: |
| 3989 | previous = NULL; |
| 3990 | if ((options & PCRE_MULTILINE) != 0) |
| 3991 | { |
| 3992 | if (firstcharflags == REQ_UNSET) firstcharflags = REQ_NONE; |
| 3993 | *code++ = OP_CIRCM; |
| 3994 | } |
| 3995 | else *code++ = OP_CIRC; |
| 3996 | break; |
| 3997 | |
| 3998 | case CHAR_DOLLAR_SIGN: |
| 3999 | previous = NULL; |
| 4000 | *code++ = ((options & PCRE_MULTILINE) != 0)? OP_DOLLM : OP_DOLL; |
| 4001 | break; |
| 4002 | |
| 4003 | /* There can never be a first char if '.' is first, whatever happens about |
| 4004 | repeats. The value of reqchar doesn't change either. */ |
| 4005 | |
| 4006 | case CHAR_DOT: |
| 4007 | if (firstcharflags == REQ_UNSET) firstcharflags = REQ_NONE; |
| 4008 | zerofirstchar = firstchar; |
| 4009 | zerofirstcharflags = firstcharflags; |
| 4010 | zeroreqchar = reqchar; |
| 4011 | zeroreqcharflags = reqcharflags; |
| 4012 | previous = code; |
| 4013 | *code++ = ((options & PCRE_DOTALL) != 0)? OP_ALLANY: OP_ANY; |
| 4014 | break; |
| 4015 | |
| 4016 | |
| 4017 | /* ===================================================================*/ |
| 4018 | /* Character classes. If the included characters are all < 256, we build a |
| 4019 | 32-byte bitmap of the permitted characters, except in the special case |
| 4020 | where there is only one such character. For negated classes, we build the |
| 4021 | map as usual, then invert it at the end. However, we use a different opcode |
| 4022 | so that data characters > 255 can be handled correctly. |
| 4023 | |
| 4024 | If the class contains characters outside the 0-255 range, a different |
| 4025 | opcode is compiled. It may optionally have a bit map for characters < 256, |
| 4026 | but those above are are explicitly listed afterwards. A flag byte tells |
| 4027 | whether the bitmap is present, and whether this is a negated class or not. |
| 4028 | |
| 4029 | In JavaScript compatibility mode, an isolated ']' causes an error. In |
| 4030 | default (Perl) mode, it is treated as a data character. */ |
| 4031 | |
| 4032 | case CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET: |
| 4033 | if ((cd->external_options & PCRE_JAVASCRIPT_COMPAT) != 0) |
| 4034 | { |
| 4035 | *errorcodeptr = ERR64; |
| 4036 | goto FAILED; |
| 4037 | } |
| 4038 | goto NORMAL_CHAR; |
| 4039 | |
| 4040 | case CHAR_LEFT_SQUARE_BRACKET: |
| 4041 | previous = code; |
| 4042 | |
| 4043 | /* PCRE supports POSIX class stuff inside a class. Perl gives an error if |
| 4044 | they are encountered at the top level, so we'll do that too. */ |
| 4045 | |
| 4046 | if ((ptr[1] == CHAR_COLON || ptr[1] == CHAR_DOT || |
| 4047 | ptr[1] == CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN) && |
| 4048 | check_posix_syntax(ptr, &tempptr)) |
| 4049 | { |
| 4050 | *errorcodeptr = (ptr[1] == CHAR_COLON)? ERR13 : ERR31; |
| 4051 | goto FAILED; |
| 4052 | } |
| 4053 | |
| 4054 | /* If the first character is '^', set the negation flag and skip it. Also, |
| 4055 | if the first few characters (either before or after ^) are \Q\E or \E we |
| 4056 | skip them too. This makes for compatibility with Perl. */ |
| 4057 | |
| 4058 | negate_class = FALSE; |
| 4059 | for (;;) |
| 4060 | { |
| 4061 | c = *(++ptr); |
| 4062 | if (c == CHAR_BACKSLASH) |
| 4063 | { |
| 4064 | if (ptr[1] == CHAR_E) |
| 4065 | ptr++; |
| 4066 | else if (STRNCMP_UC_C8(ptr + 1, STR_Q STR_BACKSLASH STR_E, 3) == 0) |
| 4067 | ptr += 3; |
| 4068 | else |
| 4069 | break; |
| 4070 | } |
| 4071 | else if (!negate_class && c == CHAR_CIRCUMFLEX_ACCENT) |
| 4072 | negate_class = TRUE; |
| 4073 | else break; |
| 4074 | } |
| 4075 | |
| 4076 | /* Empty classes are allowed in JavaScript compatibility mode. Otherwise, |
| 4077 | an initial ']' is taken as a data character -- the code below handles |
| 4078 | that. In JS mode, [] must always fail, so generate OP_FAIL, whereas |
| 4079 | [^] must match any character, so generate OP_ALLANY. */ |
| 4080 | |
| 4081 | if (c == CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET && |
| 4082 | (cd->external_options & PCRE_JAVASCRIPT_COMPAT) != 0) |
| 4083 | { |
| 4084 | *code++ = negate_class? OP_ALLANY : OP_FAIL; |
| 4085 | if (firstcharflags == REQ_UNSET) firstcharflags = REQ_NONE; |
| 4086 | zerofirstchar = firstchar; |
| 4087 | zerofirstcharflags = firstcharflags; |
| 4088 | break; |
| 4089 | } |
| 4090 | |
| 4091 | /* If a class contains a negative special such as \S, we need to flip the |
| 4092 | negation flag at the end, so that support for characters > 255 works |
| 4093 | correctly (they are all included in the class). */ |
| 4094 | |
| 4095 | should_flip_negation = FALSE; |
| 4096 | |
| 4097 | /* For optimization purposes, we track some properties of the class: |
| 4098 | class_has_8bitchar will be non-zero if the class contains at least one < |
| 4099 | 256 character; class_one_char will be 1 if the class contains just one |
| 4100 | character. */ |
| 4101 | |
| 4102 | class_has_8bitchar = 0; |
| 4103 | class_one_char = 0; |
| 4104 | |
| 4105 | /* Initialize the 32-char bit map to all zeros. We build the map in a |
| 4106 | temporary bit of memory, in case the class contains fewer than two |
| 4107 | 8-bit characters because in that case the compiled code doesn't use the bit |
| 4108 | map. */ |
| 4109 | |
| 4110 | memset(classbits, 0, 32 * sizeof(pcre_uint8)); |
| 4111 | |
| 4112 | #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 |
| 4113 | xclass = FALSE; |
| 4114 | class_uchardata = code + LINK_SIZE + 2; /* For XCLASS items */ |
| 4115 | class_uchardata_base = class_uchardata; /* Save the start */ |
| 4116 | #endif |
| 4117 | |
| 4118 | /* Process characters until ] is reached. By writing this as a "do" it |
| 4119 | means that an initial ] is taken as a data character. At the start of the |
| 4120 | loop, c contains the first byte of the character. */ |
| 4121 | |
| 4122 | if (c != CHAR_NULL) do |
| 4123 | { |
| 4124 | const pcre_uchar *oldptr; |
| 4125 | |
| 4126 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
| 4127 | if (utf && HAS_EXTRALEN(c)) |
| 4128 | { /* Braces are required because the */ |
| 4129 | GETCHARLEN(c, ptr, ptr); /* macro generates multiple statements */ |
| 4130 | } |
| 4131 | #endif |
| 4132 | |
| 4133 | #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 |
| 4134 | /* In the pre-compile phase, accumulate the length of any extra |
| 4135 | data and reset the pointer. This is so that very large classes that |
| 4136 | contain a zillion > 255 characters no longer overwrite the work space |
| 4137 | (which is on the stack). We have to remember that there was XCLASS data, |
| 4138 | however. */ |
| 4139 | |
| 4140 | if (lengthptr != NULL && class_uchardata > class_uchardata_base) |
| 4141 | { |
| 4142 | xclass = TRUE; |
| 4143 | *lengthptr += class_uchardata - class_uchardata_base; |
| 4144 | class_uchardata = class_uchardata_base; |
| 4145 | } |
| 4146 | #endif |
| 4147 | |
| 4148 | /* Inside \Q...\E everything is literal except \E */ |
| 4149 | |
| 4150 | if (inescq) |
| 4151 | { |
| 4152 | if (c == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[1] == CHAR_E) /* If we are at \E */ |
| 4153 | { |
| 4154 | inescq = FALSE; /* Reset literal state */ |
| 4155 | ptr++; /* Skip the 'E' */ |
| 4156 | continue; /* Carry on with next */ |
| 4157 | } |
| 4158 | goto CHECK_RANGE; /* Could be range if \E follows */ |
| 4159 | } |
| 4160 | |
| 4161 | /* Handle POSIX class names. Perl allows a negation extension of the |
| 4162 | form [:^name:]. A square bracket that doesn't match the syntax is |
| 4163 | treated as a literal. We also recognize the POSIX constructions |
| 4164 | [.ch.] and [=ch=] ("collating elements") and fault them, as Perl |
| 4165 | 5.6 and 5.8 do. */ |
| 4166 | |
| 4167 | if (c == CHAR_LEFT_SQUARE_BRACKET && |
| 4168 | (ptr[1] == CHAR_COLON || ptr[1] == CHAR_DOT || |
| 4169 | ptr[1] == CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN) && check_posix_syntax(ptr, &tempptr)) |
| 4170 | { |
| 4171 | BOOL local_negate = FALSE; |
| 4172 | int posix_class, taboffset, tabopt; |
| 4173 | register const pcre_uint8 *cbits = cd->cbits; |
| 4174 | pcre_uint8 pbits[32]; |
| 4175 | |
| 4176 | if (ptr[1] != CHAR_COLON) |
| 4177 | { |
| 4178 | *errorcodeptr = ERR31; |
| 4179 | goto FAILED; |
| 4180 | } |
| 4181 | |
| 4182 | ptr += 2; |
| 4183 | if (*ptr == CHAR_CIRCUMFLEX_ACCENT) |
| 4184 | { |
| 4185 | local_negate = TRUE; |
| 4186 | should_flip_negation = TRUE; /* Note negative special */ |
| 4187 | ptr++; |
| 4188 | } |
| 4189 | |
| 4190 | posix_class = check_posix_name(ptr, (int)(tempptr - ptr)); |
| 4191 | if (posix_class < 0) |
| 4192 | { |
| 4193 | *errorcodeptr = ERR30; |
| 4194 | goto FAILED; |
| 4195 | } |
| 4196 | |
| 4197 | /* If matching is caseless, upper and lower are converted to |
| 4198 | alpha. This relies on the fact that the class table starts with |
| 4199 | alpha, lower, upper as the first 3 entries. */ |
| 4200 | |
| 4201 | if ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0 && posix_class <= 2) |
| 4202 | posix_class = 0; |
| 4203 | |
| 4204 | /* When PCRE_UCP is set, some of the POSIX classes are converted to |
| 4205 | different escape sequences that use Unicode properties. */ |
| 4206 | |
| 4207 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
| 4208 | if ((options & PCRE_UCP) != 0) |
| 4209 | { |
| 4210 | int pc = posix_class + ((local_negate)? POSIX_SUBSIZE/2 : 0); |
| 4211 | if (posix_substitutes[pc] != NULL) |
| 4212 | { |
| 4213 | nestptr = tempptr + 1; |
| 4214 | ptr = posix_substitutes[pc] - 1; |
| 4215 | continue; |
| 4216 | } |
| 4217 | } |
| 4218 | #endif |
| 4219 | /* In the non-UCP case, we build the bit map for the POSIX class in a |
| 4220 | chunk of local store because we may be adding and subtracting from it, |
| 4221 | and we don't want to subtract bits that may be in the main map already. |
| 4222 | At the end we or the result into the bit map that is being built. */ |
| 4223 | |
| 4224 | posix_class *= 3; |
| 4225 | |
| 4226 | /* Copy in the first table (always present) */ |
| 4227 | |
| 4228 | memcpy(pbits, cbits + posix_class_maps[posix_class], |
| 4229 | 32 * sizeof(pcre_uint8)); |
| 4230 | |
| 4231 | /* If there is a second table, add or remove it as required. */ |
| 4232 | |
| 4233 | taboffset = posix_class_maps[posix_class + 1]; |
| 4234 | tabopt = posix_class_maps[posix_class + 2]; |
| 4235 | |
| 4236 | if (taboffset >= 0) |
| 4237 | { |
| 4238 | if (tabopt >= 0) |
| 4239 | for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) pbits[c] |= cbits[c + taboffset]; |
| 4240 | else |
| 4241 | for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) pbits[c] &= ~cbits[c + taboffset]; |
| 4242 | } |
| 4243 | |
| 4244 | /* Now see if we need to remove any special characters. An option |
| 4245 | value of 1 removes vertical space and 2 removes underscore. */ |
| 4246 | |
| 4247 | if (tabopt < 0) tabopt = -tabopt; |
| 4248 | if (tabopt == 1) pbits[1] &= ~0x3c; |
| 4249 | else if (tabopt == 2) pbits[11] &= 0x7f; |
| 4250 | |
| 4251 | /* Add the POSIX table or its complement into the main table that is |
| 4252 | being built and we are done. */ |
| 4253 | |
| 4254 | if (local_negate) |
| 4255 | for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= ~pbits[c]; |
| 4256 | else |
| 4257 | for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= pbits[c]; |
| 4258 | |
| 4259 | ptr = tempptr + 1; |
| 4260 | /* Every class contains at least one < 256 character. */ |
| 4261 | class_has_8bitchar = 1; |
| 4262 | /* Every class contains at least two characters. */ |
| 4263 | class_one_char = 2; |
| 4264 | continue; /* End of POSIX syntax handling */ |
| 4265 | } |
| 4266 | |
| 4267 | /* Backslash may introduce a single character, or it may introduce one |
| 4268 | of the specials, which just set a flag. The sequence \b is a special |
| 4269 | case. Inside a class (and only there) it is treated as backspace. We |
| 4270 | assume that other escapes have more than one character in them, so |
| 4271 | speculatively set both class_has_8bitchar and class_one_char bigger |
| 4272 | than one. Unrecognized escapes fall through and are either treated |
| 4273 | as literal characters (by default), or are faulted if |
| 4274 | PCRE_EXTRA is set. */ |
| 4275 | |
| 4276 | if (c == CHAR_BACKSLASH) |
| 4277 | { |
| 4278 | escape = check_escape(&ptr, &ec, errorcodeptr, cd->bracount, options, |
| 4279 | TRUE); |
| 4280 | if (*errorcodeptr != 0) goto FAILED; |
| 4281 | if (escape == 0) c = ec; |
| 4282 | else if (escape == ESC_b) c = CHAR_BS; /* \b is backspace in a class */ |
| 4283 | else if (escape == ESC_N) /* \N is not supported in a class */ |
| 4284 | { |
| 4285 | *errorcodeptr = ERR71; |
| 4286 | goto FAILED; |
| 4287 | } |
| 4288 | else if (escape == ESC_Q) /* Handle start of quoted string */ |
| 4289 | { |
| 4290 | if (ptr[1] == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[2] == CHAR_E) |
| 4291 | { |
| 4292 | ptr += 2; /* avoid empty string */ |
| 4293 | } |
| 4294 | else inescq = TRUE; |
| 4295 | continue; |
| 4296 | } |
| 4297 | else if (escape == ESC_E) continue; /* Ignore orphan \E */ |
| 4298 | |
| 4299 | else |
| 4300 | { |
| 4301 | register const pcre_uint8 *cbits = cd->cbits; |
| 4302 | /* Every class contains at least two < 256 characters. */ |
| 4303 | class_has_8bitchar++; |
| 4304 | /* Every class contains at least two characters. */ |
| 4305 | class_one_char += 2; |
| 4306 | |
| 4307 | switch (escape) |
| 4308 | { |
| 4309 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
| 4310 | case ESC_du: /* These are the values given for \d etc */ |
| 4311 | case ESC_DU: /* when PCRE_UCP is set. We replace the */ |
| 4312 | case ESC_wu: /* escape sequence with an appropriate \p */ |
| 4313 | case ESC_WU: /* or \P to test Unicode properties instead */ |
| 4314 | case ESC_su: /* of the default ASCII testing. */ |
| 4315 | case ESC_SU: |
| 4316 | nestptr = ptr; |
| 4317 | ptr = substitutes[escape - ESC_DU] - 1; /* Just before substitute */ |
| 4318 | class_has_8bitchar--; /* Undo! */ |
| 4319 | continue; |
| 4320 | #endif |
| 4321 | case ESC_d: |
| 4322 | for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= cbits[c+cbit_digit]; |
| 4323 | continue; |
| 4324 | |
| 4325 | case ESC_D: |
| 4326 | should_flip_negation = TRUE; |
| 4327 | for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= ~cbits[c+cbit_digit]; |
| 4328 | continue; |
| 4329 | |
| 4330 | case ESC_w: |
| 4331 | for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= cbits[c+cbit_word]; |
| 4332 | continue; |
| 4333 | |
| 4334 | case ESC_W: |
| 4335 | should_flip_negation = TRUE; |
| 4336 | for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= ~cbits[c+cbit_word]; |
| 4337 | continue; |
| 4338 | |
| 4339 | /* Perl 5.004 onwards omits VT from \s, but we must preserve it |
| 4340 | if it was previously set by something earlier in the character |
| 4341 | class. Luckily, the value of CHAR_VT is 0x0b in both ASCII and |
| 4342 | EBCDIC, so we lazily just adjust the appropriate bit. */ |
| 4343 | |
| 4344 | case ESC_s: |
| 4345 | classbits[0] |= cbits[cbit_space]; |
| 4346 | classbits[1] |= cbits[cbit_space+1] & ~0x08; |
| 4347 | for (c = 2; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= cbits[c+cbit_space]; |
| 4348 | continue; |
| 4349 | |
| 4350 | case ESC_S: |
| 4351 | should_flip_negation = TRUE; |
| 4352 | for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] |= ~cbits[c+cbit_space]; |
| 4353 | classbits[1] |= 0x08; /* Perl 5.004 onwards omits VT from \s */ |
| 4354 | continue; |
| 4355 | |
| 4356 | /* The rest apply in both UCP and non-UCP cases. */ |
| 4357 | |
| 4358 | case ESC_h: |
| 4359 | (void)add_list_to_class(classbits, &class_uchardata, options, cd, |
| 4360 | PRIV(hspace_list), NOTACHAR); |
| 4361 | continue; |
| 4362 | |
| 4363 | case ESC_H: |
| 4364 | (void)add_not_list_to_class(classbits, &class_uchardata, options, |
| 4365 | cd, PRIV(hspace_list)); |
| 4366 | continue; |
| 4367 | |
| 4368 | case ESC_v: |
| 4369 | (void)add_list_to_class(classbits, &class_uchardata, options, cd, |
| 4370 | PRIV(vspace_list), NOTACHAR); |
| 4371 | continue; |
| 4372 | |
| 4373 | case ESC_V: |
| 4374 | (void)add_not_list_to_class(classbits, &class_uchardata, options, |
| 4375 | cd, PRIV(vspace_list)); |
| 4376 | continue; |
| 4377 | |
| 4378 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
| 4379 | case ESC_p: |
| 4380 | case ESC_P: |
| 4381 | { |
| 4382 | BOOL negated; |
| 4383 | unsigned int ptype = 0, pdata = 0; |
| 4384 | if (!get_ucp(&ptr, &negated, &ptype, &pdata, errorcodeptr)) |
| 4385 | goto FAILED; |
| 4386 | *class_uchardata++ = ((escape == ESC_p) != negated)? |
| 4387 | XCL_PROP : XCL_NOTPROP; |
| 4388 | *class_uchardata++ = ptype; |
| 4389 | *class_uchardata++ = pdata; |
| 4390 | class_has_8bitchar--; /* Undo! */ |
| 4391 | continue; |
| 4392 | } |
| 4393 | #endif |
| 4394 | /* Unrecognized escapes are faulted if PCRE is running in its |
| 4395 | strict mode. By default, for compatibility with Perl, they are |
| 4396 | treated as literals. */ |
| 4397 | |
| 4398 | default: |
| 4399 | if ((options & PCRE_EXTRA) != 0) |
| 4400 | { |
| 4401 | *errorcodeptr = ERR7; |
| 4402 | goto FAILED; |
| 4403 | } |
| 4404 | class_has_8bitchar--; /* Undo the speculative increase. */ |
| 4405 | class_one_char -= 2; /* Undo the speculative increase. */ |
| 4406 | c = *ptr; /* Get the final character and fall through */ |
| 4407 | break; |
| 4408 | } |
| 4409 | } |
| 4410 | |
| 4411 | /* Fall through if the escape just defined a single character (c >= 0). |
| 4412 | This may be greater than 256. */ |
| 4413 | |
| 4414 | escape = 0; |
| 4415 | |
| 4416 | } /* End of backslash handling */ |
| 4417 | |
| 4418 | /* A character may be followed by '-' to form a range. However, Perl does |
| 4419 | not permit ']' to be the end of the range. A '-' character at the end is |
| 4420 | treated as a literal. Perl ignores orphaned \E sequences entirely. The |
| 4421 | code for handling \Q and \E is messy. */ |
| 4422 | |
| 4423 | CHECK_RANGE: |
| 4424 | while (ptr[1] == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[2] == CHAR_E) |
| 4425 | { |
| 4426 | inescq = FALSE; |
| 4427 | ptr += 2; |
| 4428 | } |
| 4429 | oldptr = ptr; |
| 4430 | |
| 4431 | /* Remember if \r or \n were explicitly used */ |
| 4432 | |
| 4433 | if (c == CHAR_CR || c == CHAR_NL) cd->external_flags |= PCRE_HASCRORLF; |
| 4434 | |
| 4435 | /* Check for range */ |
| 4436 | |
| 4437 | if (!inescq && ptr[1] == CHAR_MINUS) |
| 4438 | { |
| 4439 | pcre_uint32 d; |
| 4440 | ptr += 2; |
| 4441 | while (*ptr == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[1] == CHAR_E) ptr += 2; |
| 4442 | |
| 4443 | /* If we hit \Q (not followed by \E) at this point, go into escaped |
| 4444 | mode. */ |
| 4445 | |
| 4446 | while (*ptr == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[1] == CHAR_Q) |
| 4447 | { |
| 4448 | ptr += 2; |
| 4449 | if (*ptr == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr[1] == CHAR_E) |
| 4450 | { ptr += 2; continue; } |
| 4451 | inescq = TRUE; |
| 4452 | break; |
| 4453 | } |
| 4454 | |
| 4455 | /* Minus (hyphen) at the end of a class is treated as a literal, so put |
| 4456 | back the pointer and jump to handle the character that preceded it. */ |
| 4457 | |
| 4458 | if (*ptr == CHAR_NULL || (!inescq && *ptr == CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET)) |
| 4459 | { |
| 4460 | ptr = oldptr; |
| 4461 | goto CLASS_SINGLE_CHARACTER; |
| 4462 | } |
| 4463 | |
| 4464 | /* Otherwise, we have a potential range; pick up the next character */ |
| 4465 | |
| 4466 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
| 4467 | if (utf) |
| 4468 | { /* Braces are required because the */ |
| 4469 | GETCHARLEN(d, ptr, ptr); /* macro generates multiple statements */ |
| 4470 | } |
| 4471 | else |
| 4472 | #endif |
| 4473 | d = *ptr; /* Not UTF-8 mode */ |
| 4474 | |
| 4475 | /* The second part of a range can be a single-character escape, but |
| 4476 | not any of the other escapes. Perl 5.6 treats a hyphen as a literal |
| 4477 | in such circumstances. */ |
| 4478 | |
| 4479 | if (!inescq && d == CHAR_BACKSLASH) |
| 4480 | { |
| 4481 | int descape; |
| 4482 | descape = check_escape(&ptr, &d, errorcodeptr, cd->bracount, options, TRUE); |
| 4483 | if (*errorcodeptr != 0) goto FAILED; |
| 4484 | |
| 4485 | /* \b is backspace; any other special means the '-' was literal. */ |
| 4486 | |
| 4487 | if (descape != 0) |
| 4488 | { |
| 4489 | if (descape == ESC_b) d = CHAR_BS; else |
| 4490 | { |
| 4491 | ptr = oldptr; |
| 4492 | goto CLASS_SINGLE_CHARACTER; /* A few lines below */ |
| 4493 | } |
| 4494 | } |
| 4495 | } |
| 4496 | |
| 4497 | /* Check that the two values are in the correct order. Optimize |
| 4498 | one-character ranges. */ |
| 4499 | |
| 4500 | if (d < c) |
| 4501 | { |
| 4502 | *errorcodeptr = ERR8; |
| 4503 | goto FAILED; |
| 4504 | } |
| 4505 | if (d == c) goto CLASS_SINGLE_CHARACTER; /* A few lines below */ |
| 4506 | |
| 4507 | /* We have found a character range, so single character optimizations |
| 4508 | cannot be done anymore. Any value greater than 1 indicates that there |
| 4509 | is more than one character. */ |
| 4510 | |
| 4511 | class_one_char = 2; |
| 4512 | |
| 4513 | /* Remember an explicit \r or \n, and add the range to the class. */ |
| 4514 | |
| 4515 | if (d == CHAR_CR || d == CHAR_NL) cd->external_flags |= PCRE_HASCRORLF; |
| 4516 | |
| 4517 | class_has_8bitchar += |
| 4518 | add_to_class(classbits, &class_uchardata, options, cd, c, d); |
| 4519 | |
| 4520 | continue; /* Go get the next char in the class */ |
| 4521 | } |
| 4522 | |
| 4523 | /* Handle a single character - we can get here for a normal non-escape |
| 4524 | char, or after \ that introduces a single character or for an apparent |
| 4525 | range that isn't. Only the value 1 matters for class_one_char, so don't |
| 4526 | increase it if it is already 2 or more ... just in case there's a class |
| 4527 | with a zillion characters in it. */ |
| 4528 | |
| 4529 | CLASS_SINGLE_CHARACTER: |
| 4530 | if (class_one_char < 2) class_one_char++; |
| 4531 | |
| 4532 | /* If class_one_char is 1, we have the first single character in the |
| 4533 | class, and there have been no prior ranges, or XCLASS items generated by |
| 4534 | escapes. If this is the final character in the class, we can optimize by |
| 4535 | turning the item into a 1-character OP_CHAR[I] if it's positive, or |
| 4536 | OP_NOT[I] if it's negative. In the positive case, it can cause firstchar |
| 4537 | to be set. Otherwise, there can be no first char if this item is first, |
| 4538 | whatever repeat count may follow. In the case of reqchar, save the |
| 4539 | previous value for reinstating. */ |
| 4540 | |
| 4541 | if (class_one_char == 1 && ptr[1] == CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET) |
| 4542 | { |
| 4543 | ptr++; |
| 4544 | zeroreqchar = reqchar; |
| 4545 | zeroreqcharflags = reqcharflags; |
| 4546 | |
| 4547 | if (negate_class) |
| 4548 | { |
| 4549 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
| 4550 | int d; |
| 4551 | #endif |
| 4552 | if (firstcharflags == REQ_UNSET) firstcharflags = REQ_NONE; |
| 4553 | zerofirstchar = firstchar; |
| 4554 | zerofirstcharflags = firstcharflags; |
| 4555 | |
| 4556 | /* For caseless UTF-8 mode when UCP support is available, check |
| 4557 | whether this character has more than one other case. If so, generate |
| 4558 | a special OP_NOTPROP item instead of OP_NOTI. */ |
| 4559 | |
| 4560 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
| 4561 | if (utf && (options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0 && |
| 4562 | (d = UCD_CASESET(c)) != 0) |
| 4563 | { |
| 4564 | *code++ = OP_NOTPROP; |
| 4565 | *code++ = PT_CLIST; |
| 4566 | *code++ = d; |
| 4567 | } |
| 4568 | else |
| 4569 | #endif |
| 4570 | /* Char has only one other case, or UCP not available */ |
| 4571 | |
| 4572 | { |
| 4573 | *code++ = ((options & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)? OP_NOTI: OP_NOT; |
| 4574 | #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32 |
| 4575 | if (utf && c > MAX_VALUE_FOR_SINGLE_CHAR) |
| 4576 | code += PRIV(ord2utf)(c, code); |
| 4577 | else |
| 4578 | #endif |
| 4579 | *code++ = c; |
| 4580 | } |
| 4581 | |
| 4582 | /* We are finished with this character class */ |
| 4583 | |
| 4584 | goto END_CLASS; |
| 4585 | } |
| 4586 | |
| 4587 | /* For a single, positive character, get the value into mcbuffer, and |
| 4588 | then we can handle this with the normal one-character code. */ |
| 4589 | |
| 4590 | #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32 |
| 4591 | if (utf && c > MAX_VALUE_FOR_SINGLE_CHAR) |
| 4592 | mclength = PRIV(ord2utf)(c, mcbuffer); |
| 4593 | else |
| 4594 | #endif |
| 4595 | { |
| 4596 | mcbuffer[0] = c; |
| 4597 | mclength = 1; |
| 4598 | } |
| 4599 | goto ONE_CHAR; |
| 4600 | } /* End of 1-char optimization */ |
| 4601 | |
| 4602 | /* There is more than one character in the class, or an XCLASS item |
| 4603 | has been generated. Add this character to the class. */ |
| 4604 | |
| 4605 | class_has_8bitchar += |
| 4606 | add_to_class(classbits, &class_uchardata, options, cd, c, c); |
| 4607 | } |
| 4608 | |
| 4609 | /* Loop until ']' reached. This "while" is the end of the "do" far above. |
| 4610 | If we are at the end of an internal nested string, revert to the outer |
| 4611 | string. */ |
| 4612 | |
| 4613 | while (((c = *(++ptr)) != CHAR_NULL || |
| 4614 | (nestptr != NULL && |
| 4615 | (ptr = nestptr, nestptr = NULL, c = *(++ptr)) != CHAR_NULL)) && |
| 4616 | (c != CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET || inescq)); |
| 4617 | |
| 4618 | /* Check for missing terminating ']' */ |
| 4619 | |
| 4620 | if (c == CHAR_NULL) |
| 4621 | { |
| 4622 | *errorcodeptr = ERR6; |
| 4623 | goto FAILED; |
| 4624 | } |
| 4625 | |
| 4626 | /* We will need an XCLASS if data has been placed in class_uchardata. In |
| 4627 | the second phase this is a sufficient test. However, in the pre-compile |
| 4628 | phase, class_uchardata gets emptied to prevent workspace overflow, so it |
| 4629 | only if the very last character in the class needs XCLASS will it contain |
| 4630 | anything at this point. For this reason, xclass gets set TRUE above when |
| 4631 | uchar_classdata is emptied, and that's why this code is the way it is here |
| 4632 | instead of just doing a test on class_uchardata below. */ |
| 4633 | |
| 4634 | #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 |
| 4635 | if (class_uchardata > class_uchardata_base) xclass = TRUE; |
| 4636 | #endif |
| 4637 | |
| 4638 | /* If this is the first thing in the branch, there can be no first char |
| 4639 | setting, whatever the repeat count. Any reqchar setting must remain |
| 4640 | unchanged after any kind of repeat. */ |
| 4641 | |
| 4642 | if (firstcharflags == REQ_UNSET) firstcharflags = REQ_NONE; |
| 4643 | zerofirstchar = firstchar; |
| 4644 | zerofirstcharflags = firstcharflags; |
| 4645 | zeroreqchar = reqchar; |
| 4646 | zeroreqcharflags = reqcharflags; |
| 4647 | |
| 4648 | /* If there are characters with values > 255, we have to compile an |
| 4649 | extended class, with its own opcode, unless there was a negated special |
| 4650 | such as \S in the class, and PCRE_UCP is not set, because in that case all |
| 4651 | characters > 255 are in the class, so any that were explicitly given as |
| 4652 | well can be ignored. If (when there are explicit characters > 255 that must |
| 4653 | be listed) there are no characters < 256, we can omit the bitmap in the |
| 4654 | actual compiled code. */ |
| 4655 | |
| 4656 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
| 4657 | if (xclass && (!should_flip_negation || (options & PCRE_UCP) != 0)) |
| 4658 | #elif !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 |
| 4659 | if (xclass && !should_flip_negation) |
| 4660 | #endif |
| 4661 | #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 |
| 4662 | { |
| 4663 | *class_uchardata++ = XCL_END; /* Marks the end of extra data */ |
| 4664 | *code++ = OP_XCLASS; |
| 4665 | code += LINK_SIZE; |
| 4666 | *code = negate_class? XCL_NOT:0; |
| 4667 | |
| 4668 | /* If the map is required, move up the extra data to make room for it; |
| 4669 | otherwise just move the code pointer to the end of the extra data. */ |
| 4670 | |
| 4671 | if (class_has_8bitchar > 0) |
| 4672 | { |
| 4673 | *code++ |= XCL_MAP; |
| 4674 | memmove(code + (32 / sizeof(pcre_uchar)), code, |
| 4675 | IN_UCHARS(class_uchardata - code)); |
| 4676 | memcpy(code, classbits, 32); |
| 4677 | code = class_uchardata + (32 / sizeof(pcre_uchar)); |
| 4678 | } |
| 4679 | else code = class_uchardata; |
| 4680 | |
| 4681 | /* Now fill in the complete length of the item */ |
| 4682 | |
| 4683 | PUT(previous, 1, (int)(code - previous)); |
| 4684 | break; /* End of class handling */ |
| 4685 | } |
| 4686 | #endif |
| 4687 | |
| 4688 | /* If there are no characters > 255, or they are all to be included or |
| 4689 | excluded, set the opcode to OP_CLASS or OP_NCLASS, depending on whether the |
| 4690 | whole class was negated and whether there were negative specials such as \S |
| 4691 | (non-UCP) in the class. Then copy the 32-byte map into the code vector, |
| 4692 | negating it if necessary. */ |
| 4693 | |
| 4694 | *code++ = (negate_class == should_flip_negation) ? OP_CLASS : OP_NCLASS; |
| 4695 | if (lengthptr == NULL) /* Save time in the pre-compile phase */ |
| 4696 | { |
| 4697 | if (negate_class) |
| 4698 | for (c = 0; c < 32; c++) classbits[c] = ~classbits[c]; |
| 4699 | memcpy(code, classbits, 32); |
| 4700 | } |
| 4701 | code += 32 / sizeof(pcre_uchar); |
| 4702 | |
| 4703 | END_CLASS: |
| 4704 | break; |
| 4705 | |
| 4706 | |
| 4707 | /* ===================================================================*/ |
| 4708 | /* Various kinds of repeat; '{' is not necessarily a quantifier, but this |
| 4709 | has been tested above. */ |
| 4710 | |
| 4711 | case CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET: |
| 4712 | if (!is_quantifier) goto NORMAL_CHAR; |
| 4713 | ptr = read_repeat_counts(ptr+1, &repeat_min, &repeat_max, errorcodeptr); |
| 4714 | if (*errorcodeptr != 0) goto FAILED; |
| 4715 | goto REPEAT; |
| 4716 | |
| 4717 | case CHAR_ASTERISK: |
| 4718 | repeat_min = 0; |
| 4719 | repeat_max = -1; |
| 4720 | goto REPEAT; |
| 4721 | |
| 4722 | case CHAR_PLUS: |
| 4723 | repeat_min = 1; |
| 4724 | repeat_max = -1; |
| 4725 | goto REPEAT; |
| 4726 | |
| 4727 | case CHAR_QUESTION_MARK: |
| 4728 | repeat_min = 0; |
| 4729 | repeat_max = 1; |
| 4730 | |
| 4731 | REPEAT: |
| 4732 | if (previous == NULL) |
| 4733 | { |
| 4734 | *errorcodeptr = ERR9; |
| 4735 | goto FAILED; |
| 4736 | } |
| 4737 | |
| 4738 | if (repeat_min == 0) |
| 4739 | { |
| 4740 | firstchar = zerofirstchar; /* Adjust for zero repeat */ |
| 4741 | firstcharflags = zerofirstcharflags; |
| 4742 | reqchar = zeroreqchar; /* Ditto */ |
| 4743 | reqcharflags = zeroreqcharflags; |
| 4744 | } |
| 4745 | |
| 4746 | /* Remember whether this is a variable length repeat */ |
| 4747 | |
| 4748 | reqvary = (repeat_min == repeat_max)? 0 : REQ_VARY; |
| 4749 | |
| 4750 | op_type = 0; /* Default single-char op codes */ |
| 4751 | possessive_quantifier = FALSE; /* Default not possessive quantifier */ |
| 4752 | |
| 4753 | /* Save start of previous item, in case we have to move it up in order to |
| 4754 | insert something before it. */ |
| 4755 | |
| 4756 | tempcode = previous; |
| 4757 | |
| 4758 | /* If the next character is '+', we have a possessive quantifier. This |
| 4759 | implies greediness, whatever the setting of the PCRE_UNGREEDY option. |
| 4760 | If the next character is '?' this is a minimizing repeat, by default, |
| 4761 | but if PCRE_UNGREEDY is set, it works the other way round. We change the |
| 4762 | repeat type to the non-default. */ |
| 4763 | |
| 4764 | if (ptr[1] == CHAR_PLUS) |
| 4765 | { |
| 4766 | repeat_type = 0; /* Force greedy */ |
| 4767 | possessive_quantifier = TRUE; |
| 4768 | ptr++; |
| 4769 | } |
| 4770 | else if (ptr[1] == CHAR_QUESTION_MARK) |
| 4771 | { |
| 4772 | repeat_type = greedy_non_default; |
| 4773 | ptr++; |
| 4774 | } |
| 4775 | else repeat_type = greedy_default; |
| 4776 | |
| 4777 | /* If previous was a recursion call, wrap it in atomic brackets so that |
| 4778 | previous becomes the atomic group. All recursions were so wrapped in the |
| 4779 | past, but it no longer happens for non-repeated recursions. In fact, the |
| 4780 | repeated ones could be re-implemented independently so as not to need this, |
| 4781 | but for the moment we rely on the code for repeating groups. */ |
| 4782 | |
| 4783 | if (*previous == OP_RECURSE) |
| 4784 | { |
| 4785 | memmove(previous + 1 + LINK_SIZE, previous, IN_UCHARS(1 + LINK_SIZE)); |
| 4786 | *previous = OP_ONCE; |
| 4787 | PUT(previous, 1, 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE); |
| 4788 | previous[2 + 2*LINK_SIZE] = OP_KET; |
| 4789 | PUT(previous, 3 + 2*LINK_SIZE, 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE); |
| 4790 | code += 2 + 2 * LINK_SIZE; |
| 4791 | length_prevgroup = 3 + 3*LINK_SIZE; |
| 4792 | |
| 4793 | /* When actually compiling, we need to check whether this was a forward |
| 4794 | reference, and if so, adjust the offset. */ |
| 4795 | |
| 4796 | if (lengthptr == NULL && cd->hwm >= cd->start_workspace + LINK_SIZE) |
| 4797 | { |
| 4798 | int offset = GET(cd->hwm, -LINK_SIZE); |
| 4799 | if (offset == previous + 1 - cd->start_code) |
| 4800 | PUT(cd->hwm, -LINK_SIZE, offset + 1 + LINK_SIZE); |
| 4801 | } |
| 4802 | } |
| 4803 | |
| 4804 | /* Now handle repetition for the different types of item. */ |
| 4805 | |
| 4806 | /* If previous was a character or negated character match, abolish the item |
| 4807 | and generate a repeat item instead. If a char item has a minimum of more |
| 4808 | than one, ensure that it is set in reqchar - it might not be if a sequence |
| 4809 | such as x{3} is the first thing in a branch because the x will have gone |
| 4810 | into firstchar instead. */ |
| 4811 | |
| 4812 | if (*previous == OP_CHAR || *previous == OP_CHARI |
| 4813 | || *previous == OP_NOT || *previous == OP_NOTI) |
| 4814 | { |
| 4815 | switch (*previous) |
| 4816 | { |
| 4817 | default: /* Make compiler happy. */ |
| 4818 | case OP_CHAR: op_type = OP_STAR - OP_STAR; break; |
| 4819 | case OP_CHARI: op_type = OP_STARI - OP_STAR; break; |
| 4820 | case OP_NOT: op_type = OP_NOTSTAR - OP_STAR; break; |
| 4821 | case OP_NOTI: op_type = OP_NOTSTARI - OP_STAR; break; |
| 4822 | } |
| 4823 | |
| 4824 | /* Deal with UTF characters that take up more than one character. It's |
| 4825 | easier to write this out separately than try to macrify it. Use c to |
| 4826 | hold the length of the character in bytes, plus UTF_LENGTH to flag that |
| 4827 | it's a length rather than a small character. */ |
| 4828 | |
| 4829 | #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32 |
| 4830 | if (utf && NOT_FIRSTCHAR(code[-1])) |
| 4831 | { |
| 4832 | pcre_uchar *lastchar = code - 1; |
| 4833 | BACKCHAR(lastchar); |
| 4834 | c = (int)(code - lastchar); /* Length of UTF-8 character */ |
| 4835 | memcpy(utf_chars, lastchar, IN_UCHARS(c)); /* Save the char */ |
| 4836 | c |= UTF_LENGTH; /* Flag c as a length */ |
| 4837 | } |
| 4838 | else |
| 4839 | #endif /* SUPPORT_UTF */ |
| 4840 | |
| 4841 | /* Handle the case of a single charater - either with no UTF support, or |
| 4842 | with UTF disabled, or for a single character UTF character. */ |
| 4843 | { |
| 4844 | c = code[-1]; |
| 4845 | if (*previous <= OP_CHARI && repeat_min > 1) |
| 4846 | { |
| 4847 | reqchar = c; |
| 4848 | reqcharflags = req_caseopt | cd->req_varyopt; |
| 4849 | } |
| 4850 | } |
| 4851 | |
| 4852 | /* If the repetition is unlimited, it pays to see if the next thing on |
| 4853 | the line is something that cannot possibly match this character. If so, |
| 4854 | automatically possessifying this item gains some performance in the case |
| 4855 | where the match fails. */ |
| 4856 | |
| 4857 | if (!possessive_quantifier && |
| 4858 | repeat_max < 0 && |
| 4859 | check_auto_possessive(previous, utf, ptr + 1, options, cd)) |
| 4860 | { |
| 4861 | repeat_type = 0; /* Force greedy */ |
| 4862 | possessive_quantifier = TRUE; |
| 4863 | } |
| 4864 | |
| 4865 | goto OUTPUT_SINGLE_REPEAT; /* Code shared with single character types */ |
| 4866 | } |
| 4867 | |
| 4868 | /* If previous was a character type match (\d or similar), abolish it and |
| 4869 | create a suitable repeat item. The code is shared with single-character |
| 4870 | repeats by setting op_type to add a suitable offset into repeat_type. Note |
| 4871 | the the Unicode property types will be present only when SUPPORT_UCP is |
| 4872 | defined, but we don't wrap the little bits of code here because it just |
| 4873 | makes it horribly messy. */ |
| 4874 | |
| 4875 | else if (*previous < OP_EODN) |
| 4876 | { |
| 4877 | pcre_uchar *oldcode; |
| 4878 | int prop_type, prop_value; |
| 4879 | op_type = OP_TYPESTAR - OP_STAR; /* Use type opcodes */ |
| 4880 | c = *previous; |
| 4881 | |
| 4882 | if (!possessive_quantifier && |
| 4883 | repeat_max < 0 && |
| 4884 | check_auto_possessive(previous, utf, ptr + 1, options, cd)) |
| 4885 | { |
| 4886 | repeat_type = 0; /* Force greedy */ |
| 4887 | possessive_quantifier = TRUE; |
| 4888 | } |
| 4889 | |
| 4890 | OUTPUT_SINGLE_REPEAT: |
| 4891 | if (*previous == OP_PROP || *previous == OP_NOTPROP) |
| 4892 | { |
| 4893 | prop_type = previous[1]; |
| 4894 | prop_value = previous[2]; |
| 4895 | } |
| 4896 | else prop_type = prop_value = -1; |
| 4897 | |
| 4898 | oldcode = code; |
| 4899 | code = previous; /* Usually overwrite previous item */ |
| 4900 | |
| 4901 | /* If the maximum is zero then the minimum must also be zero; Perl allows |
| 4902 | this case, so we do too - by simply omitting the item altogether. */ |
| 4903 | |
| 4904 | if (repeat_max == 0) goto END_REPEAT; |
| 4905 | |
| 4906 | /* Combine the op_type with the repeat_type */ |
| 4907 | |
| 4908 | repeat_type += op_type; |
| 4909 | |
| 4910 | /* A minimum of zero is handled either as the special case * or ?, or as |
| 4911 | an UPTO, with the maximum given. */ |
| 4912 | |
| 4913 | if (repeat_min == 0) |
| 4914 | { |
| 4915 | if (repeat_max == -1) *code++ = OP_STAR + repeat_type; |
| 4916 | else if (repeat_max == 1) *code++ = OP_QUERY + repeat_type; |
| 4917 | else |
| 4918 | { |
| 4919 | *code++ = OP_UPTO + repeat_type; |
| 4920 | PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_max); |
| 4921 | } |
| 4922 | } |
| 4923 | |
| 4924 | /* A repeat minimum of 1 is optimized into some special cases. If the |
| 4925 | maximum is unlimited, we use OP_PLUS. Otherwise, the original item is |
| 4926 | left in place and, if the maximum is greater than 1, we use OP_UPTO with |
| 4927 | one less than the maximum. */ |
| 4928 | |
| 4929 | else if (repeat_min == 1) |
| 4930 | { |
| 4931 | if (repeat_max == -1) |
| 4932 | *code++ = OP_PLUS + repeat_type; |
| 4933 | else |
| 4934 | { |
| 4935 | code = oldcode; /* leave previous item in place */ |
| 4936 | if (repeat_max == 1) goto END_REPEAT; |
| 4937 | *code++ = OP_UPTO + repeat_type; |
| 4938 | PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_max - 1); |
| 4939 | } |
| 4940 | } |
| 4941 | |
| 4942 | /* The case {n,n} is just an EXACT, while the general case {n,m} is |
| 4943 | handled as an EXACT followed by an UPTO. */ |
| 4944 | |
| 4945 | else |
| 4946 | { |
| 4947 | *code++ = OP_EXACT + op_type; /* NB EXACT doesn't have repeat_type */ |
| 4948 | PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_min); |
| 4949 | |
| 4950 | /* If the maximum is unlimited, insert an OP_STAR. Before doing so, |
| 4951 | we have to insert the character for the previous code. For a repeated |
| 4952 | Unicode property match, there are two extra bytes that define the |
| 4953 | required property. In UTF-8 mode, long characters have their length in |
| 4954 | c, with the UTF_LENGTH bit as a flag. */ |
| 4955 | |
| 4956 | if (repeat_max < 0) |
| 4957 | { |
| 4958 | #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32 |
| 4959 | if (utf && (c & UTF_LENGTH) != 0) |
| 4960 | { |
| 4961 | memcpy(code, utf_chars, IN_UCHARS(c & 7)); |
| 4962 | code += c & 7; |
| 4963 | } |
| 4964 | else |
| 4965 | #endif |
| 4966 | { |
| 4967 | *code++ = c; |
| 4968 | if (prop_type >= 0) |
| 4969 | { |
| 4970 | *code++ = prop_type; |
| 4971 | *code++ = prop_value; |
| 4972 | } |
| 4973 | } |
| 4974 | *code++ = OP_STAR + repeat_type; |
| 4975 | } |
| 4976 | |
| 4977 | /* Else insert an UPTO if the max is greater than the min, again |
| 4978 | preceded by the character, for the previously inserted code. If the |
| 4979 | UPTO is just for 1 instance, we can use QUERY instead. */ |
| 4980 | |
| 4981 | else if (repeat_max != repeat_min) |
| 4982 | { |
| 4983 | #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32 |
| 4984 | if (utf && (c & UTF_LENGTH) != 0) |
| 4985 | { |
| 4986 | memcpy(code, utf_chars, IN_UCHARS(c & 7)); |
| 4987 | code += c & 7; |
| 4988 | } |
| 4989 | else |
| 4990 | #endif |
| 4991 | *code++ = c; |
| 4992 | if (prop_type >= 0) |
| 4993 | { |
| 4994 | *code++ = prop_type; |
| 4995 | *code++ = prop_value; |
| 4996 | } |
| 4997 | repeat_max -= repeat_min; |
| 4998 | |
| 4999 | if (repeat_max == 1) |
| 5000 | { |
| 5001 | *code++ = OP_QUERY + repeat_type; |
| 5002 | } |
| 5003 | else |
| 5004 | { |
| 5005 | *code++ = OP_UPTO + repeat_type; |
| 5006 | PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_max); |
| 5007 | } |
| 5008 | } |
| 5009 | } |
| 5010 | |
| 5011 | /* The character or character type itself comes last in all cases. */ |
| 5012 | |
| 5013 | #if defined SUPPORT_UTF && !defined COMPILE_PCRE32 |
| 5014 | if (utf && (c & UTF_LENGTH) != 0) |
| 5015 | { |
| 5016 | memcpy(code, utf_chars, IN_UCHARS(c & 7)); |
| 5017 | code += c & 7; |
| 5018 | } |
| 5019 | else |
| 5020 | #endif |
| 5021 | *code++ = c; |
| 5022 | |
| 5023 | /* For a repeated Unicode property match, there are two extra bytes that |
| 5024 | define the required property. */ |
| 5025 | |
| 5026 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UCP |
| 5027 | if (prop_type >= 0) |
| 5028 | { |
| 5029 | *code++ = prop_type; |
| 5030 | *code++ = prop_value; |
| 5031 | } |
| 5032 | #endif |
| 5033 | } |
| 5034 | |
| 5035 | /* If previous was a character class or a back reference, we put the repeat |
| 5036 | stuff after it, but just skip the item if the repeat was {0,0}. */ |
| 5037 | |
| 5038 | else if (*previous == OP_CLASS || |
| 5039 | *previous == OP_NCLASS || |
| 5040 | #if defined SUPPORT_UTF || !defined COMPILE_PCRE8 |
| 5041 | *previous == OP_XCLASS || |
| 5042 | #endif |
| 5043 | *previous == OP_REF || |
| 5044 | *previous == OP_REFI) |
| 5045 | { |
| 5046 | if (repeat_max == 0) |
| 5047 | { |
| 5048 | code = previous; |
| 5049 | goto END_REPEAT; |
| 5050 | } |
| 5051 | |
| 5052 | if (repeat_min == 0 && repeat_max == -1) |
| 5053 | *code++ = OP_CRSTAR + repeat_type; |
| 5054 | else if (repeat_min == 1 && repeat_max == -1) |
| 5055 | *code++ = OP_CRPLUS + repeat_type; |
| 5056 | else if (repeat_min == 0 && repeat_max == 1) |
| 5057 | *code++ = OP_CRQUERY + repeat_type; |
| 5058 | else |
| 5059 | { |
| 5060 | *code++ = OP_CRRANGE + repeat_type; |
| 5061 | PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_min); |
| 5062 | if (repeat_max == -1) repeat_max = 0; /* 2-byte encoding for max */ |
| 5063 | PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_max); |
| 5064 | } |
| 5065 | } |
| 5066 | |
| 5067 | /* If previous was a bracket group, we may have to replicate it in certain |
| 5068 | cases. Note that at this point we can encounter only the "basic" bracket |
| 5069 | opcodes such as BRA and CBRA, as this is the place where they get converted |
| 5070 | into the more special varieties such as BRAPOS and SBRA. A test for >= |
| 5071 | OP_ASSERT and <= OP_COND includes ASSERT, ASSERT_NOT, ASSERTBACK, |
| 5072 | ASSERTBACK_NOT, ONCE, BRA, CBRA, and COND. Originally, PCRE did not allow |
| 5073 | repetition of assertions, but now it does, for Perl compatibility. */ |
| 5074 | |
| 5075 | else if (*previous >= OP_ASSERT && *previous <= OP_COND) |
| 5076 | { |
| 5077 | register int i; |
| 5078 | int len = (int)(code - previous); |
| 5079 | pcre_uchar *bralink = NULL; |
| 5080 | pcre_uchar *brazeroptr = NULL; |
| 5081 | |
| 5082 | /* Repeating a DEFINE group is pointless, but Perl allows the syntax, so |
| 5083 | we just ignore the repeat. */ |
| 5084 | |
| 5085 | if (*previous == OP_COND && previous[LINK_SIZE+1] == OP_DEF) |
| 5086 | goto END_REPEAT; |
| 5087 | |
| 5088 | /* There is no sense in actually repeating assertions. The only potential |
| 5089 | use of repetition is in cases when the assertion is optional. Therefore, |
| 5090 | if the minimum is greater than zero, just ignore the repeat. If the |
| 5091 | maximum is not not zero or one, set it to 1. */ |
| 5092 | |
| 5093 | if (*previous < OP_ONCE) /* Assertion */ |
| 5094 | { |
| 5095 | if (repeat_min > 0) goto END_REPEAT; |
| 5096 | if (repeat_max < 0 || repeat_max > 1) repeat_max = 1; |
| 5097 | } |
| 5098 | |
| 5099 | /* The case of a zero minimum is special because of the need to stick |
| 5100 | OP_BRAZERO in front of it, and because the group appears once in the |
| 5101 | data, whereas in other cases it appears the minimum number of times. For |
| 5102 | this reason, it is simplest to treat this case separately, as otherwise |
| 5103 | the code gets far too messy. There are several special subcases when the |
| 5104 | minimum is zero. */ |
| 5105 | |
| 5106 | if (repeat_min == 0) |
| 5107 | { |
| 5108 | /* If the maximum is also zero, we used to just omit the group from the |
| 5109 | output altogether, like this: |
| 5110 | |
| 5111 | ** if (repeat_max == 0) |
| 5112 | ** { |
| 5113 | ** code = previous; |
| 5114 | ** goto END_REPEAT; |
| 5115 | ** } |
| 5116 | |
| 5117 | However, that fails when a group or a subgroup within it is referenced |
| 5118 | as a subroutine from elsewhere in the pattern, so now we stick in |
| 5119 | OP_SKIPZERO in front of it so that it is skipped on execution. As we |
| 5120 | don't have a list of which groups are referenced, we cannot do this |
| 5121 | selectively. |
| 5122 | |
| 5123 | If the maximum is 1 or unlimited, we just have to stick in the BRAZERO |
| 5124 | and do no more at this point. However, we do need to adjust any |
| 5125 | OP_RECURSE calls inside the group that refer to the group itself or any |
| 5126 | internal or forward referenced group, because the offset is from the |
| 5127 | start of the whole regex. Temporarily terminate the pattern while doing |
| 5128 | this. */ |
| 5129 | |
| 5130 | if (repeat_max <= 1) /* Covers 0, 1, and unlimited */ |
| 5131 | { |
| 5132 | *code = OP_END; |
| 5133 | adjust_recurse(previous, 1, utf, cd, save_hwm); |
| 5134 | memmove(previous + 1, previous, IN_UCHARS(len)); |
| 5135 | code++; |
| 5136 | if (repeat_max == 0) |
| 5137 | { |
| 5138 | *previous++ = OP_SKIPZERO; |
| 5139 | goto END_REPEAT; |
| 5140 | } |
| 5141 | brazeroptr = previous; /* Save for possessive optimizing */ |
| 5142 | *previous++ = OP_BRAZERO + repeat_type; |
| 5143 | } |
| 5144 | |
| 5145 | /* If the maximum is greater than 1 and limited, we have to replicate |
| 5146 | in a nested fashion, sticking OP_BRAZERO before each set of brackets. |
| 5147 | The first one has to be handled carefully because it's the original |
| 5148 | copy, which has to be moved up. The remainder can be handled by code |
| 5149 | that is common with the non-zero minimum case below. We have to |
| 5150 | adjust the value or repeat_max, since one less copy is required. Once |
| 5151 | again, we may have to adjust any OP_RECURSE calls inside the group. */ |
| 5152 | |
| 5153 | else |
| 5154 | { |
| 5155 | int offset; |
| 5156 | *code = OP_END; |
| 5157 | adjust_recurse(previous, 2 + LINK_SIZE, utf, cd, save_hwm); |
| 5158 | memmove(previous + 2 + LINK_SIZE, previous, IN_UCHARS(len)); |
| 5159 | code += 2 + LINK_SIZE; |
| 5160 | *previous++ = OP_BRAZERO + repeat_type; |
| 5161 | *previous++ = OP_BRA; |
| 5162 | |
| 5163 | /* We chain together the bracket offset fields that have to be |
| 5164 | filled in later when the ends of the brackets are reached. */ |
| 5165 | |
| 5166 | offset = (bralink == NULL)? 0 : (int)(previous - bralink); |
| 5167 | bralink = previous; |
| 5168 | PUTINC(previous, 0, offset); |
| 5169 | } |
| 5170 | |
| 5171 | repeat_max--; |
| 5172 | } |
| 5173 | |
| 5174 | /* If the minimum is greater than zero, replicate the group as many |
| 5175 | times as necessary, and adjust the maximum to the number of subsequent |
| 5176 | copies that we need. If we set a first char from the group, and didn't |
| 5177 | set a required char, copy the latter from the former. If there are any |
| 5178 | forward reference subroutine calls in the group, there will be entries on |
| 5179 | the workspace list; replicate these with an appropriate increment. */ |
| 5180 | |
| 5181 | else |
| 5182 | { |
| 5183 | if (repeat_min > 1) |
| 5184 | { |
| 5185 | /* In the pre-compile phase, we don't actually do the replication. We |
| 5186 | just adjust the length as if we had. Do some paranoid checks for |
| 5187 | potential integer overflow. The INT64_OR_DOUBLE type is a 64-bit |
| 5188 | integer type when available, otherwise double. */ |
| 5189 | |
| 5190 | if (lengthptr != NULL) |
| 5191 | { |
| 5192 | int delta = (repeat_min - 1)*length_prevgroup; |
| 5193 | if ((INT64_OR_DOUBLE)(repeat_min - 1)* |
| 5194 | (INT64_OR_DOUBLE)length_prevgroup > |
| 5195 | (INT64_OR_DOUBLE)INT_MAX || |
| 5196 | OFLOW_MAX - *lengthptr < delta) |
| 5197 | { |
| 5198 | *errorcodeptr = ERR20; |
| 5199 | goto FAILED; |
| 5200 | } |
| 5201 | *lengthptr += delta; |
| 5202 | } |
| 5203 | |
| 5204 | /* This is compiling for real. If there is a set first byte for |
| 5205 | the group, and we have not yet set a "required byte", set it. Make |
| 5206 | sure there is enough workspace for copying forward references before |
| 5207 | doing the copy. */ |
| 5208 | |
| 5209 | else |
| 5210 | { |
| 5211 | if (groupsetfirstchar && reqcharflags < 0) |
| 5212 | { |
| 5213 | reqchar = firstchar; |
| 5214 | reqcharflags = firstcharflags; |
| 5215 | } |
| 5216 | |
| 5217 | for (i = 1; i < repeat_min; i++) |
| 5218 | { |
| 5219 | pcre_uchar *hc; |
| 5220 | pcre_uchar *this_hwm = cd->hwm; |
| 5221 | memcpy(code, previous, IN_UCHARS(len)); |
| 5222 | |
| 5223 | while (cd->hwm > cd->start_workspace + cd->workspace_size - |
| 5224 | WORK_SIZE_SAFETY_MARGIN - (this_hwm - save_hwm)) |
| 5225 | { |
| 5226 | int save_offset = save_hwm - cd->start_workspace; |
| 5227 | int this_offset = this_hwm - cd->start_workspace; |
| 5228 | *errorcodeptr = expand_workspace(cd); |
| 5229 | if (*errorcodeptr != 0) goto FAILED; |
| 5230 | save_hwm = (pcre_uchar *)cd->start_workspace + save_offset; |
| 5231 | this_hwm = (pcre_uchar *)cd->start_workspace + this_offset; |
| 5232 | } |
| 5233 | |
| 5234 | for (hc = save_hwm; hc < this_hwm; hc += LINK_SIZE) |
| 5235 | { |
| 5236 | PUT(cd->hwm, 0, GET(hc, 0) + len); |
| 5237 | cd->hwm += LINK_SIZE; |
| 5238 | } |
| 5239 | save_hwm = this_hwm; |
| 5240 | code += len; |
| 5241 | } |
| 5242 | } |
| 5243 | } |
| 5244 | |
| 5245 | if (repeat_max > 0) repeat_max -= repeat_min; |
| 5246 | } |
| 5247 | |
| 5248 | /* This code is common to both the zero and non-zero minimum cases. If |
| 5249 | the maximum is limited, it replicates the group in a nested fashion, |
| 5250 | remembering the bracket starts on a stack. In the case of a zero minimum, |
| 5251 | the first one was set up above. In all cases the repeat_max now specifies |
| 5252 | the number of additional copies needed. Again, we must remember to |
| 5253 | replicate entries on the forward reference list. */ |
| 5254 | |
| 5255 | if (repeat_max >= 0) |
| 5256 | { |
| 5257 | /* In the pre-compile phase, we don't actually do the replication. We |
| 5258 | just adjust the length as if we had. For each repetition we must add 1 |
| 5259 | to the length for BRAZERO and for all but the last repetition we must |
| 5260 | add 2 + 2*LINKSIZE to allow for the nesting that occurs. Do some |
| 5261 | paranoid checks to avoid integer overflow. The INT64_OR_DOUBLE type is |
| 5262 | a 64-bit integer type when available, otherwise double. */ |
| 5263 | |
| 5264 | if (lengthptr != NULL && repeat_max > 0) |
| 5265 | { |
| 5266 | int delta = repeat_max * (length_prevgroup + 1 + 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE) - |
| 5267 | 2 - 2*LINK_SIZE; /* Last one doesn't nest */ |
| 5268 | if ((INT64_OR_DOUBLE)repeat_max * |
| 5269 | (INT64_OR_DOUBLE)(length_prevgroup + 1 + 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE) |
| 5270 | > (INT64_OR_DOUBLE)INT_MAX || |
| 5271 | OFLOW_MAX - *lengthptr < delta) |
| 5272 | { |
| 5273 | *errorcodeptr = ERR20; |
| 5274 | goto FAILED; |
| 5275 | } |
| 5276 | *lengthptr += delta; |
| 5277 | } |
| 5278 | |
| 5279 | /* This is compiling for real */ |
| 5280 | |
| 5281 | else for (i = repeat_max - 1; i >= 0; i--) |
| 5282 | { |
| 5283 | pcre_uchar *hc; |
| 5284 | pcre_uchar *this_hwm = cd->hwm; |
| 5285 | |
| 5286 | *code++ = OP_BRAZERO + repeat_type; |
| 5287 | |
| 5288 | /* All but the final copy start a new nesting, maintaining the |
| 5289 | chain of brackets outstanding. */ |
| 5290 | |
| 5291 | if (i != 0) |
| 5292 | { |
| 5293 | int offset; |
| 5294 | *code++ = OP_BRA; |
| 5295 | offset = (bralink == NULL)? 0 : (int)(code - bralink); |
| 5296 | bralink = code; |
| 5297 | PUTINC(code, 0, offset); |
| 5298 | } |
| 5299 | |
| 5300 | memcpy(code, previous, IN_UCHARS(len)); |
| 5301 | |
| 5302 | /* Ensure there is enough workspace for forward references before |
| 5303 | copying them. */ |
| 5304 | |
| 5305 | while (cd->hwm > cd->start_workspace + cd->workspace_size - |
| 5306 | WORK_SIZE_SAFETY_MARGIN - (this_hwm - save_hwm)) |
| 5307 | { |
| 5308 | int save_offset = save_hwm - cd->start_workspace; |
| 5309 | int this_offset = this_hwm - cd->start_workspace; |
| 5310 | *errorcodeptr = expand_workspace(cd); |
| 5311 | if (*errorcodeptr != 0) goto FAILED; |
| 5312 | save_hwm = (pcre_uchar *)cd->start_workspace + save_offset; |
| 5313 | this_hwm = (pcre_uchar *)cd->start_workspace + this_offset; |
| 5314 | } |
| 5315 | |
| 5316 | for (hc = save_hwm; hc < this_hwm; hc += LINK_SIZE) |
| 5317 | { |
| 5318 | PUT(cd->hwm, 0, GET(hc, 0) + len + ((i != 0)? 2+LINK_SIZE : 1)); |
| 5319 | cd->hwm += LINK_SIZE; |
| 5320 | } |
| 5321 | save_hwm = this_hwm; |
| 5322 | code += len; |
| 5323 | } |
| 5324 | |
| 5325 | /* Now chain through the pending brackets, and fill in their length |
| 5326 | fields (which are holding the chain links pro tem). */ |
| 5327 | |
| 5328 | while (bralink != NULL) |
| 5329 | { |
| 5330 | int oldlinkoffset; |
| 5331 | int offset = (int)(code - bralink + 1); |
| 5332 | pcre_uchar *bra = code - offset; |
| 5333 | oldlinkoffset = GET(bra, 1); |
| 5334 | bralink = (oldlinkoffset == 0)? NULL : bralink - oldlinkoffset; |
| 5335 | *code++ = OP_KET; |
| 5336 | PUTINC(code, 0, offset); |
| 5337 | PUT(bra, 1, offset); |
| 5338 | } |
| 5339 | } |
| 5340 | |
| 5341 | /* If the maximum is unlimited, set a repeater in the final copy. For |
| 5342 | ONCE brackets, that's all we need to do. However, possessively repeated |
| 5343 | ONCE brackets can be converted into non-capturing brackets, as the |
| 5344 | behaviour of (?:xx)++ is the same as (?>xx)++ and this saves having to |
| 5345 | deal with possessive ONCEs specially. |
| 5346 | |
| 5347 | Otherwise, when we are doing the actual compile phase, check to see |
| 5348 | whether this group is one that could match an empty string. If so, |
| 5349 | convert the initial operator to the S form (e.g. OP_BRA -> OP_SBRA) so |
| 5350 | that runtime checking can be done. [This check is also applied to ONCE |
| 5351 | groups at runtime, but in a different way.] |
| 5352 | |
| 5353 | Then, if the quantifier was possessive and the bracket is not a |
| 5354 | conditional, we convert the BRA code to the POS form, and the KET code to |
| 5355 | KETRPOS. (It turns out to be convenient at runtime to detect this kind of |
| 5356 | subpattern at both the start and at the end.) The use of special opcodes |
| 5357 | makes it possible to reduce greatly the stack usage in pcre_exec(). If |
| 5358 | the group is preceded by OP_BRAZERO, convert this to OP_BRAPOSZERO. |
| 5359 | |
| 5360 | Then, if the minimum number of matches is 1 or 0, cancel the possessive |
| 5361 | flag so that the default action below, of wrapping everything inside |
| 5362 | atomic brackets, does not happen. When the minimum is greater than 1, |
| 5363 | there will be earlier copies of the group, and so we still have to wrap |
| 5364 | the whole thing. */ |
| 5365 | |
| 5366 | else |
| 5367 | { |
| 5368 | pcre_uchar *ketcode = code - 1 - LINK_SIZE; |
| 5369 | pcre_uchar *bracode = ketcode - GET(ketcode, 1); |
| 5370 | |
| 5371 | /* Convert possessive ONCE brackets to non-capturing */ |
| 5372 | |
| 5373 | if ((*bracode == OP_ONCE || *bracode == OP_ONCE_NC) && |
| 5374 | possessive_quantifier) *bracode = OP_BRA; |
| 5375 | |
| 5376 | /* For non-possessive ONCE brackets, all we need to do is to |
| 5377 | set the KET. */ |
| 5378 | |
| 5379 | if (*bracode == OP_ONCE || *bracode == OP_ONCE_NC) |
| 5380 | *ketcode = OP_KETRMAX + repeat_type; |
| 5381 | |
| 5382 | /* Handle non-ONCE brackets and possessive ONCEs (which have been |
| 5383 | converted to non-capturing above). */ |
| 5384 | |
| 5385 | else |
| 5386 | { |
| 5387 | /* In the compile phase, check for empty string matching. */ |
| 5388 | |
| 5389 | if (lengthptr == NULL) |
| 5390 | { |
| 5391 | pcre_uchar *scode = bracode; |
| 5392 | do |
| 5393 | { |
| 5394 | if (could_be_empty_branch(scode, ketcode, utf, cd)) |
| 5395 | { |
| 5396 | *bracode += OP_SBRA - OP_BRA; |
| 5397 | break; |
| 5398 | } |
| 5399 | scode += GET(scode, 1); |
| 5400 | } |
| 5401 | while (*scode == OP_ALT); |
| 5402 | } |
| 5403 | |
| 5404 | /* Handle possessive quantifiers. */ |
| 5405 | |
| 5406 | if (possessive_quantifier) |
| 5407 | { |
| 5408 | /* For COND brackets, we wrap the whole thing in a possessively |
| 5409 | repeated non-capturing bracket, because we have not invented POS |
| 5410 | versions of the COND opcodes. Because we are moving code along, we |
| 5411 | must ensure that any pending recursive references are updated. */ |
| 5412 | |
| 5413 | if (*bracode == OP_COND || *bracode == OP_SCOND) |
| 5414 | { |
| 5415 | int nlen = (int)(code - bracode); |
| 5416 | *code = OP_END; |
| 5417 | adjust_recurse(bracode, 1 + LINK_SIZE, utf, cd, save_hwm); |
| 5418 | memmove(bracode + 1 + LINK_SIZE, bracode, IN_UCHARS(nlen)); |
| 5419 | code += 1 + LINK_SIZE; |
| 5420 | nlen += 1 + LINK_SIZE; |
| 5421 | *bracode = OP_BRAPOS; |
| 5422 | *code++ = OP_KETRPOS; |
| 5423 | PUTINC(code, 0, nlen); |
| 5424 | PUT(bracode, 1, nlen); |
| 5425 | } |
| 5426 | |
| 5427 | /* For non-COND brackets, we modify the BRA code and use KETRPOS. */ |
| 5428 | |
| 5429 | else |
| 5430 | { |
| 5431 | *bracode += 1; /* Switch to xxxPOS opcodes */ |
| 5432 | *ketcode = OP_KETRPOS; |
| 5433 | } |
| 5434 | |
| 5435 | /* If the minimum is zero, mark it as possessive, then unset the |
| 5436 | possessive flag when the minimum is 0 or 1. */ |
| 5437 | |
| 5438 | if (brazeroptr != NULL) *brazeroptr = OP_BRAPOSZERO; |
| 5439 | if (repeat_min < 2) possessive_quantifier = FALSE; |
| 5440 | } |
| 5441 | |
| 5442 | /* Non-possessive quantifier */ |
| 5443 | |
| 5444 | else *ketcode = OP_KETRMAX + repeat_type; |
| 5445 | } |
| 5446 | } |
| 5447 | } |
| 5448 | |
| 5449 | /* If previous is OP_FAIL, it was generated by an empty class [] in |
| 5450 | JavaScript mode. The other ways in which OP_FAIL can be generated, that is |
| 5451 | by (*FAIL) or (?!) set previous to NULL, which gives a "nothing to repeat" |
| 5452 | error above. We can just ignore the repeat in JS case. */ |
| 5453 | |
| 5454 | else if (*previous == OP_FAIL) goto END_REPEAT; |
| 5455 | |
| 5456 | /* Else there's some kind of shambles */ |
| 5457 | |
| 5458 | else |
| 5459 | { |
| 5460 | *errorcodeptr = ERR11; |
| 5461 | goto FAILED; |
| 5462 | } |
| 5463 | |
| 5464 | /* If the character following a repeat is '+', or if certain optimization |
| 5465 | tests above succeeded, possessive_quantifier is TRUE. For some opcodes, |
| 5466 | there are special alternative opcodes for this case. For anything else, we |
| 5467 | wrap the entire repeated item inside OP_ONCE brackets. Logically, the '+' |
| 5468 | notation is just syntactic sugar, taken from Sun's Java package, but the |
| 5469 | special opcodes can optimize it. |
| 5470 | |
| 5471 | Some (but not all) possessively repeated subpatterns have already been |
| 5472 | completely handled in the code just above. For them, possessive_quantifier |
| 5473 | is always FALSE at this stage. |
| 5474 | |
| 5475 | Note that the repeated item starts at tempcode, not at previous, which |
| 5476 | might be the first part of a string whose (former) last char we repeated. |
| 5477 | |
| 5478 | Possessifying an 'exact' quantifier has no effect, so we can ignore it. But |
| 5479 | an 'upto' may follow. We skip over an 'exact' item, and then test the |
| 5480 | length of what remains before proceeding. */ |
| 5481 | |
| 5482 | if (possessive_quantifier) |
| 5483 | { |
| 5484 | int len; |
| 5485 | |
| 5486 | if (*tempcode == OP_TYPEEXACT) |
| 5487 | tempcode += PRIV(OP_lengths)[*tempcode] + |
| 5488 | ((tempcode[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_PROP |
| 5489 | || tempcode[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_NOTPROP)? 2 : 0); |
| 5490 | |
| 5491 | else if (*tempcode == OP_EXACT || *tempcode == OP_NOTEXACT) |
| 5492 | { |
| 5493 | tempcode += PRIV(OP_lengths)[*tempcode]; |
| 5494 | #ifdef SUPPORT_UTF |
| 5495 | if (utf && HAS_EXTRALEN(tempcode[-1])) |
| 5496 | tempcode += GET_EXTRALEN(tempcode[-1]); |
| 5497 | #endif |
| 5498 | } |
| 5499 | |
| 5500 | len = (int)(code - tempcode); |
| 5501 | if (len > 0) switch (*tempcode) |
| 5502 | { |
| 5503 | case OP_STAR: *tempcode = OP_POSSTAR; break; |
| 5504 | case OP_PLUS: *tempcode = OP_POSPLUS; break; |
| 5505 | case OP_QUERY: *tempcode = OP_POSQUERY; break; |
| 5506 | case OP_UPTO: *tempcode = OP_POSUPTO; break; |
| 5507 | |
| 5508 | case OP_STARI: *tempcode = OP_POSSTARI; break; |
| 5509 | case OP_PLUSI: *tempcode = OP_POSPLUSI; break; |
| 5510 | case OP_QUERYI: *tempcode = OP_POSQUERYI; break; |
| 5511 | case OP_UPTOI: *tempcode = OP_POSUPTOI; break; |
| 5512 | |
| 5513 | case OP_NOTSTAR: *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSSTAR; break; |
| 5514 | case OP_NOTPLUS: *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSPLUS; break; |
| 5515 | case OP_NOTQUERY: *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSQUERY; break; |
| 5516 | case OP_NOTUPTO: *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSUPTO; break; |
| 5517 | |
| 5518 | case OP_NOTSTARI: *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSSTARI; break; |
| 5519 | case OP_NOTPLUSI: *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSPLUSI; break; |
| 5520 | case OP_NOTQUERYI: *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSQUERYI; break; |
| 5521 | case OP_NOTUPTOI: *tempcode = OP_NOTPOSUPTOI; break; |
| 5522 | |
| 5523 | case OP_TYPESTAR: *tempcode = OP_TYPEPOSSTAR; break; |
| 5524 | case OP_TYPEPLUS: *tempcode = OP_TYPEPOSPLUS; break; |
| 5525 | case OP_TYPEQUERY: *tempcode = OP_TYPEPOSQUERY; break; |
| 5526 | case OP_TYPEUPTO: *tempcode = OP_TYPEPOSUPTO; break; |
| 5527 | |
| 5528 | /* Because we are moving code along, we must ensure that any |
| 5529 | pending recursive references are updated. */ |
| 5530 | |
| 5531 | default: |
| 5532 | *code = OP_END; |
| 5533 | adjust_recurse(tempcode, 1 + LINK_SIZE, utf, cd, save_hwm); |
| 5534 | memmove(tempcode + 1 + LINK_SIZE, tempcode, IN_UCHARS(len)); |
| 5535 | code += 1 + LINK_SIZE; |
| 5536 | len += 1 + LINK_SIZE; |
| 5537 | tempcode[0] = OP_ONCE; |
| 5538 | *code++ = OP_KET; |
| 5539 | PUTINC(code, 0, len); |
| 5540 | PUT(tempcode, 1, len); |
| 5541 | break; |
| 5542 | } |
| 5543 | } |
| 5544 | |
| 5545 | /* In all case we no longer have a previous item. We also set the |
| 5546 | "follows varying string" flag for subsequently encountered reqchars if |
| 5547 | it isn't already set and we have just passed a varying length item. */ |
| 5548 | |
| 5549 | END_REPEAT: |
| 5550 | previous = NULL; |
| 5551 | cd->req_varyopt |= reqvary; |
| 5552 | break; |
| 5553 | |
| 5554 | |
| 5555 | /* ===================================================================*/ |
| 5556 | /* Start of nested parenthesized sub-expression, or comment or lookahead or |
| 5557 | lookbehind or option setting or condition or all the other extended |
| 5558 | parenthesis forms. */ |
| 5559 | |
| 5560 | case CHAR_LEFT_PARENTHESIS: |
| 5561 | newoptions = options; |
| 5562 | skipbytes = 0; |
| 5563 | bravalue = OP_CBRA; |
| 5564 | save_hwm = cd->hwm; |
| 5565 | reset_bracount = FALSE; |
| 5566 | |
| 5567 | /* First deal with various "verbs" that can be introduced by '*'. */ |
| 5568 | |
| 5569 | ptr++; |
| 5570 | if (ptr[0] == CHAR_ASTERISK && (ptr[1] == ':' |
| 5571 | || (MAX_255(ptr[1]) && ((cd->ctypes[ptr[1]] & ctype_letter) != 0)))) |
| 5572 | { |
| 5573 | int i, namelen; |
| 5574 | int arglen = 0; |
| 5575 | const char *vn = verbnames; |
| 5576 | const pcre_uchar *name = ptr + 1; |
| 5577 | const pcre_uchar *arg = NULL; |
| 5578 | previous = NULL; |
| 5579 | ptr++; |
| 5580 | while (MAX_255(*ptr) && (cd->ctypes[*ptr] & ctype_letter) != 0) ptr++; |
| 5581 | namelen = (int)(ptr - name); |
| 5582 | |
| 5583 | /* It appears that Perl allows any characters whatsoever, other than |
| 5584 | a closing parenthesis, to appear in arguments, so we no longer insist on |
| 5585 | letters, digits, and underscores. */ |
| 5586 | |
| 5587 | if (*ptr == CHAR_COLON) |
| 5588 | { |
| 5589 | arg = ++ptr; |
| 5590 | while (*ptr != CHAR_NULL && *ptr != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS) ptr++; |
| 5591 | arglen = (int)(ptr - arg); |
| 5592 | if ((unsigned int)arglen > MAX_MARK) |
| 5593 | { |
| 5594 | *errorcodeptr = ERR75; |
| 5595 | goto FAILED; |
| 5596 | } |
| 5597 | } |
| 5598 | |
| 5599 | if (*ptr != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS) |
| 5600 | { |
| 5601 | *errorcodeptr = ERR60; |
| 5602 | goto FAILED; |
| 5603 | } |
| 5604 | |
| 5605 | /* Scan the table of verb names */ |
| 5606 | |
| 5607 | for (i = 0; i < verbcount; i++) |
| 5608 | { |
| 5609 | if (namelen == verbs[i].len && |
| 5610 | STRNCMP_UC_C8(name, vn, namelen) == 0) |
| 5611 | { |
| 5612 | int setverb; |
| 5613 | |
| 5614 | /* Check for open captures before ACCEPT and convert it to |
| 5615 | ASSERT_ACCEPT if in an assertion. */ |
| 5616 | |
| 5617 | if (verbs[i].op == OP_ACCEPT) |
| 5618 | { |
| 5619 | open_capitem *oc; |
| 5620 | if (arglen != 0) |
| 5621 | { |
| 5622 | *errorcodeptr = ERR59; |
| 5623 | goto FAILED; |
| 5624 | } |
| 5625 | cd->had_accept = TRUE; |
| 5626 | for (oc = cd->open_caps; oc != NULL; oc = oc->next) |
| 5627 | { |
| 5628 | *code++ = OP_CLOSE; |
| 5629 | PUT2INC(code, 0, oc->number); |
| 5630 | } |
| 5631 | setverb = *code++ = |
| 5632 | (cd->assert_depth > 0)? OP_ASSERT_ACCEPT : OP_ACCEPT; |
| 5633 | |
| 5634 | /* Do not set firstchar after *ACCEPT */ |
| 5635 | if (firstcharflags == REQ_UNSET) firstcharflags = REQ_NONE; |
| 5636 | } |
| 5637 | |
| 5638 | /* Handle other cases with/without an argument */ |
| 5639 | |
| 5640 | else if (arglen == 0) |
| 5641 | { |
| 5642 | if (verbs[i].op < 0) /* Argument is mandatory */ |
| 5643 | { |
| 5644 | *errorcodeptr = ERR66; |
| 5645 | goto FAILED; |
| 5646 | } |
| 5647 | setverb = *code++ = verbs[i].op; |
| 5648 | } |
| 5649 | |
| 5650 | else |
| 5651 | { |
| 5652 | if (verbs[i].op_arg < 0) /* Argument is forbidden */ |
| 5653 | { |
| 5654 | *errorcodeptr = ERR59; |
| 5655 | goto FAILED; |
| 5656 | } |
| 5657 | setverb = *code++ = verbs[i].op_arg; |
| 5658 | *code++ = arglen; |
| 5659 | memcpy(code, arg, IN_UCHARS(arglen)); |
| 5660 | code += arglen; |
| 5661 | *code++ = 0; |
| 5662 | } |
| 5663 | |
| 5664 | switch (setverb) |
| 5665 | { |
| 5666 | case OP_THEN: |
| 5667 | case OP_THEN_ARG: |
| 5668 | cd->external_flags |= PCRE_HASTHEN; |
| 5669 | break; |
| 5670 | |
| 5671 | case OP_PRUNE: |
| 5672 | case OP_PRUNE_ARG: |
| 5673 | case OP_SKIP: |
| 5674 | case OP_SKIP_ARG: |
| 5675 | cd->had_pruneorskip = TRUE; |
| 5676 | break; |
| 5677 | } |
| 5678 | |
| 5679 | break; /* Found verb, exit loop */ |
| 5680 | } |
| 5681 | |
| 5682 | vn += verbs[i].len + 1; |
| 5683 | } |
| 5684 | |
| 5685 | if (i < verbcount) continue; /* Successfully handled a verb */ |
| 5686 | *errorcodeptr = ERR60; /* Verb not recognized */ |
| 5687 | goto FAILED; |
| 5688 | } |
| 5689 | |
| 5690 | /* Deal with the extended parentheses; all are introduced by '?', and the |
| 5691 | appearance of any of them means that this is not a capturing group. */ |
| 5692 | |
| 5693 | else if (*ptr == CHAR_QUESTION_MARK) |
| 5694 | { |
| 5695 | int i, set, unset, namelen; |
| 5696 | int *optset; |
| 5697 | const pcre_uchar *name; |
| 5698 | pcre_uchar *slot; |
| 5699 | |
| 5700 | switch (*(++ptr)) |
| 5701 | { |
| 5702 | case CHAR_NUMBER_SIGN: /* Comment; skip to ket */ |
| 5703 | ptr++; |
| 5704 | while (*ptr != CHAR_NULL && *ptr != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS) ptr++; |
| 5705 | if (*ptr == CHAR_NULL) |
| 5706 | { |
| 5707 | *errorcodeptr = ERR18; |
| 5708 | goto FAILED; |
| 5709 | } |
| 5710 | continue; |
| 5711 | |
| 5712 | |
| 5713 | /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */ |
| 5714 | case CHAR_VERTICAL_LINE: /* Reset capture count for each branch */ |
| 5715 | reset_bracount = TRUE; |
| 5716 | /* Fall through */ |
| 5717 | |
| 5718 | /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */ |
| 5719 | case CHAR_COLON: /* Non-capturing bracket */ |
| 5720 | bravalue = OP_BRA; |
| 5721 | ptr++; |
| 5722 | break; |
| 5723 | |
| 5724 | |
| 5725 | /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */ |
| 5726 | case CHAR_LEFT_PARENTHESIS: |
| 5727 | bravalue = OP_COND; /* Conditional group */ |
| 5728 | tempptr = ptr; |
| 5729 | |
| 5730 | /* A condition can be an assertion, a number (referring to a numbered |
| 5731 | group), a name (referring to a named group), or 'R', referring to |
| 5732 | recursion. R<digits> and R&name are also permitted for recursion tests. |
| 5733 | |
| 5734 | There are several syntaxes for testing a named group: (?(name)) is used |
| 5735 | by Python; Perl 5.10 onwards uses (?(<name>) or (?('name')). |
| 5736 | |
| 5737 | There are two unfortunate ambiguities, caused by history. (a) 'R' can |
| 5738 | be the recursive thing or the name 'R' (and similarly for 'R' followed |
| 5739 | by digits), and (b) a number could be a name that consists of digits. |
| 5740 | In both cases, we look for a name first; if not found, we try the other |
| 5741 | cases. |
| 5742 | |
| 5743 | For compatibility with auto-callouts, we allow a callout to be |
| 5744 | specified before a condition that is an assertion. First, check for the |
| 5745 | syntax of a callout; if found, adjust the temporary pointer that is |
| 5746 | used to check for an assertion condition. That's all that is needed! */ |
| 5747 | |
| 5748 | if (ptr[1] == CHAR_QUESTION_MARK && ptr[2] == CHAR_C) |
| 5749 | { |
| 5750 | for (i = 3;; i++) if (!IS_DIGIT(ptr[i])) break; |
| 5751 | if (ptr[i] == CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS) |
| 5752 | tempptr += i + 1; |
| 5753 | } |
| 5754 | |
| 5755 | /* For conditions that are assertions, check the syntax, and then exit |
| 5756 | the switch. This will take control down to where bracketed groups, |
| 5757 | including assertions, are processed. */ |
| 5758 | |
| 5759 | if (tempptr[1] == CHAR_QUESTION_MARK && |
| 5760 | (tempptr[2] == CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN || |
| 5761 | tempptr[2] == CHAR_EXCLAMATION_MARK || |
| 5762 | tempptr[2] == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN)) |
| 5763 | break; |
| 5764 | |
| 5765 | /* Most other conditions use OP_CREF (a couple change to OP_RREF |
| 5766 | below), and all need to skip 1+IMM2_SIZE bytes at the start of the group. */ |
| 5767 | |
| 5768 | code[1+LINK_SIZE] = OP_CREF; |
| 5769 | skipbytes = 1+IMM2_SIZE; |
| 5770 | refsign = -1; |
| 5771 | |
| 5772 | /* Check for a test for recursion in a named group. */ |
| 5773 | |
| 5774 | if (ptr[1] == CHAR_R && ptr[2] == CHAR_AMPERSAND) |
| 5775 | { |
| 5776 | terminator = -1; |
| 5777 | ptr += 2; |
| 5778 | code[1+LINK_SIZE] = OP_RREF; /* Change the type of test */ |
| 5779 | } |
| 5780 | |
| 5781 | /* Check for a test for a named group's having been set, using the Perl |
| 5782 | syntax (?(<name>) or (?('name') */ |
| 5783 | |
| 5784 | else if (ptr[1] == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN) |
| 5785 | { |
| 5786 | terminator = CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN; |
| 5787 | ptr++; |
| 5788 | } |
| 5789 | else if (ptr[1] == CHAR_APOSTROPHE) |
| 5790 | { |
| 5791 | terminator = CHAR_APOSTROPHE; |
| 5792 | ptr++; |
| 5793 | } |
| 5794 | else |
| 5795 | { |
| 5796 | terminator = CHAR_NULL; |
| 5797 | if (ptr[1] == CHAR_MINUS || ptr[1] == CHAR_PLUS) refsign = *(++ptr); |
| 5798 | } |
| 5799 | |
| 5800 | /* We now expect to read a name; any thing else is an error */ |
| 5801 | |
| 5802 | if (!MAX_255(ptr[1]) || (cd->ctypes[ptr[1]] & ctype_word) == 0) |
| 5803 | { |
| 5804 | ptr += 1; /* To get the right offset */ |
| 5805 | *errorcodeptr = ERR28; |
| 5806 | goto FAILED; |
| 5807 | } |
| 5808 | |
| 5809 | /* Read the name, but also get it as a number if it's all digits */ |
| 5810 | |
| 5811 | recno = 0; |
| 5812 | name = ++ptr; |
| 5813 | while (MAX_255(*ptr) && (cd->ctypes[*ptr] & ctype_word) != 0) |
| 5814 | { |
| 5815 | if (recno >= 0) |
| 5816 | recno = (IS_DIGIT(*ptr))? recno * 10 + (int)(*ptr - CHAR_0) : -1; |
| 5817 | ptr++; |
| 5818 | } |
| 5819 | namelen = (int)(ptr - name); |
| 5820 | |
| 5821 | if ((terminator > 0 && *ptr++ != (pcre_uchar)terminator) || |
| 5822 | *ptr++ != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS) |
| 5823 | { |
| 5824 | ptr--; /* Error offset */ |
| 5825 | *errorcodeptr = ERR26; |
| 5826 | goto FAILED; |
| 5827 | } |
| 5828 | |
| 5829 | /* Do no further checking in the pre-compile phase. */ |
| 5830 | |
| 5831 | if (lengthptr != NULL) break; |
| 5832 | |
| 5833 | /* In the real compile we do the work of looking for the actual |
| 5834 | reference. If the string started with "+" or "-" we require the rest to |
| 5835 | be digits, in which case recno will be set. */ |
| 5836 | |
| 5837 | if (refsign > 0) |
| 5838 | { |
| 5839 | if (recno <= 0) |
| 5840 | { |
| 5841 | *errorcodeptr = ERR58; |
| 5842 | goto FAILED; |
| 5843 | } |
| 5844 | recno = (refsign == CHAR_MINUS)? |
| 5845 | cd->bracount - recno + 1 : recno +cd->bracount; |
| 5846 | if (recno <= 0 || recno > cd->final_bracount) |
| 5847 | { |
| 5848 | *errorcodeptr = ERR15; |
| 5849 | goto FAILED; |
| 5850 | } |
| 5851 | PUT2(code, 2+LINK_SIZE, recno); |
| 5852 | break; |
| 5853 | } |
| 5854 | |
| 5855 | /* Otherwise (did not start with "+" or "-"), start by looking for the |
| 5856 | name. If we find a name, add one to the opcode to change OP_CREF or |
| 5857 | OP_RREF into OP_NCREF or OP_NRREF. These behave exactly the same, |
| 5858 | except they record that the reference was originally to a name. The |
| 5859 | information is used to check duplicate names. */ |
| 5860 | |
| 5861 | slot = cd->name_table; |
| 5862 | for (i = 0; i < cd->names_found; i++) |
| 5863 | { |
| 5864 | if (STRNCMP_UC_UC(name, slot+IMM2_SIZE, namelen) == 0) break; |
| 5865 | slot += cd->name_entry_size; |
| 5866 | } |
| 5867 | |
| 5868 | /* Found a previous named subpattern */ |
| 5869 | |
| 5870 | if (i < cd->names_found) |
| 5871 | { |
| 5872 | recno = GET2(slot, 0); |
| 5873 | PUT2(code, 2+LINK_SIZE, recno); |
| 5874 | code[1+LINK_SIZE]++; |
| 5875 | } |
| 5876 | |
| 5877 | /* Search the pattern for a forward reference */ |
| 5878 | |
| 5879 | else if ((i = find_parens(cd, name, namelen, |
| 5880 | (options & PCRE_EXTENDED) != 0, utf)) > 0) |
| 5881 | { |
| 5882 | PUT2(code, 2+LINK_SIZE, i); |
| 5883 | code[1+LINK_SIZE]++; |
| 5884 | } |
| 5885 | |
| 5886 | /* If terminator == CHAR_NULL it means that the name followed directly |
| 5887 | after the opening parenthesis [e.g. (?(abc)...] and in this case there |
| 5888 | are some further alternatives to try. For the cases where terminator != |
| 5889 | 0 [things like (?(<name>... or (?('name')... or (?(R&name)... ] we have |
| 5890 | now checked all the possibilities, so give an error. */ |
| 5891 | |
| 5892 | else if (terminator != CHAR_NULL) |
| 5893 | { |
| 5894 | *errorcodeptr = ERR15; |
| 5895 | goto FAILED; |
| 5896 | } |
| 5897 | |
| 5898 | /* Check for (?(R) for recursion. Allow digits after R to specify a |
| 5899 | specific group number. */ |
| 5900 | |
| 5901 | else if (*name == CHAR_R) |
| 5902 | { |
| 5903 | recno = 0; |
| 5904 | for (i = 1; i < namelen; i++) |
| 5905 | { |
| 5906 | if (!IS_DIGIT(name[i])) |
| 5907 | { |
| 5908 | *errorcodeptr = ERR15; |
| 5909 | goto FAILED; |
| 5910 | } |
| 5911 | recno = recno * 10 + name[i] - CHAR_0; |
| 5912 | } |
| 5913 | if (recno == 0) recno = RREF_ANY; |
| 5914 | code[1+LINK_SIZE] = OP_RREF; /* Change test type */ |
| 5915 | PUT2(code, 2+LINK_SIZE, recno); |
| 5916 | } |
| 5917 | |
| 5918 | /* Similarly, check for the (?(DEFINE) "condition", which is always |
| 5919 | false. */ |
| 5920 | |
| 5921 | else if (namelen == 6 && STRNCMP_UC_C8(name, STRING_DEFINE, 6) == 0) |
| 5922 | { |
| 5923 | code[1+LINK_SIZE] = OP_DEF; |
| 5924 | skipbytes = 1; |
| 5925 | } |
| 5926 | |
| 5927 | /* Check for the "name" actually being a subpattern number. We are |
| 5928 | in the second pass here, so final_bracount is set. */ |
| 5929 | |
| 5930 | else if (recno > 0 && recno <= cd->final_bracount) |
| 5931 | { |
| 5932 | PUT2(code, 2+LINK_SIZE, recno); |
| 5933 | } |
| 5934 | |
| 5935 | /* Either an unidentified subpattern, or a reference to (?(0) */ |
| 5936 | |
| 5937 | else |
| 5938 | { |
| 5939 | *errorcodeptr = (recno == 0)? ERR35: ERR15; |
| 5940 | goto FAILED; |
| 5941 | } |
| 5942 | break; |
| 5943 | |
| 5944 | |
| 5945 | /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */ |
| 5946 | case CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN: /* Positive lookahead */ |
| 5947 | bravalue = OP_ASSERT; |
| 5948 | cd->assert_depth += 1; |
| 5949 | ptr++; |
| 5950 | break; |
| 5951 | |
| 5952 | |
| 5953 | /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */ |
| 5954 | case CHAR_EXCLAMATION_MARK: /* Negative lookahead */ |
| 5955 | ptr++; |
| 5956 | if (*ptr == CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS) /* Optimize (?!) */ |
| 5957 | { |
| 5958 | *code++ = OP_FAIL; |
| 5959 | previous = NULL; |
| 5960 | continue; |
| 5961 | } |
| 5962 | bravalue = OP_ASSERT_NOT; |
| 5963 | cd->assert_depth += 1; |
| 5964 | break; |
| 5965 | |
| 5966 | |
| 5967 | /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */ |
| 5968 | case CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN: /* Lookbehind or named define */ |
| 5969 | switch (ptr[1]) |
| 5970 | { |
| 5971 | case CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN: /* Positive lookbehind */ |
| 5972 | bravalue = OP_ASSERTBACK; |
| 5973 | cd->assert_depth += 1; |
| 5974 | ptr += 2; |
| 5975 | break; |
| 5976 | |
| 5977 | case CHAR_EXCLAMATION_MARK: /* Negative lookbehind */ |
| 5978 | bravalue = OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT; |
| 5979 | cd->assert_depth += 1; |
| 5980 | ptr += 2; |
| 5981 | break; |
| 5982 | |
| 5983 | default: /* Could be name define, else bad */ |
| 5984 | if (MAX_255(ptr[1]) && (cd->ctypes[ptr[1]] & ctype_word) != 0) |
| 5985 | goto DEFINE_NAME; |
| 5986 | ptr++; /* Correct offset for error */ |
| 5987 | *errorcodeptr = ERR24; |
| 5988 | goto FAILED; |
| 5989 | } |
| 5990 | break; |
| 5991 | |
| 5992 | |
| 5993 | /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */ |
| 5994 | case CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN: /* One-time brackets */ |
| 5995 | bravalue = OP_ONCE; |
| 5996 | ptr++; |
| 5997 | break; |
| 5998 | |
| 5999 | |
| 6000 | /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */ |
| 6001 | case CHAR_C: /* Callout - may be followed by digits; */ |
| 6002 | previous_callout = code; /* Save for later completion */ |
| 6003 | after_manual_callout = 1; /* Skip one item before completing */ |
| 6004 | *code++ = OP_CALLOUT; |
| 6005 | { |
| 6006 | int n = 0; |
| 6007 | ptr++; |
| 6008 | while(IS_DIGIT(*ptr)) |
| 6009 | n = n * 10 + *ptr++ - CHAR_0; |
| 6010 | if (*ptr != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS) |
| 6011 | { |
| 6012 | *errorcodeptr = ERR39; |
| 6013 | goto FAILED; |
| 6014 | } |
| 6015 | if (n > 255) |
| 6016 | { |
| 6017 | *errorcodeptr = ERR38; |
| 6018 | goto FAILED; |
| 6019 | } |
| 6020 | *code++ = n; |
| 6021 | PUT(code, 0, (int)(ptr - cd->start_pattern + 1)); /* Pattern offset */ |
| 6022 | PUT(code, LINK_SIZE, 0); /* Default length */ |
| 6023 | code += 2 * LINK_SIZE; |
| 6024 | } |
| 6025 | previous = NULL; |
| 6026 | continue; |
| 6027 | |
| 6028 | |
| 6029 | /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */ |
| 6030 | case CHAR_P: /* Python-style named subpattern handling */ |
| 6031 | if (*(++ptr) == CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN || |
| 6032 | *ptr == CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN) /* Reference or recursion */ |
| 6033 | { |
| 6034 | is_recurse = *ptr == CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN; |
| 6035 | terminator = CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS; |
| 6036 | goto NAMED_REF_OR_RECURSE; |
| 6037 | } |
| 6038 | else if (*ptr != CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN) /* Test for Python-style defn */ |
| 6039 | { |
| 6040 | *errorcodeptr = ERR41; |
| 6041 | goto FAILED; |
| 6042 | } |
| 6043 | /* Fall through to handle (?P< as (?< is handled */ |
| 6044 | |
| 6045 | |
| 6046 | /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */ |
| 6047 | DEFINE_NAME: /* Come here from (?< handling */ |
| 6048 | case CHAR_APOSTROPHE: |
| 6049 | { |
| 6050 | terminator = (*ptr == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN)? |
| 6051 | CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN : CHAR_APOSTROPHE; |
| 6052 | name = ++ptr; |
| 6053 | |
| 6054 | while (MAX_255(*ptr) && (cd->ctypes[*ptr] & ctype_word) != 0) ptr++; |
| 6055 | namelen = (int)(ptr - name); |
| 6056 | |
| 6057 | /* In the pre-compile phase, just do a syntax check. */ |
| 6058 | |
| 6059 | if (lengthptr != NULL) |
| 6060 | { |
| 6061 | if (*ptr != (pcre_uchar)terminator) |
| 6062 | { |
| 6063 | *errorcodeptr = ERR42; |
| 6064 | goto FAILED; |
| 6065 | } |
| 6066 | if (cd->names_found >= MAX_NAME_COUNT) |
| 6067 | { |
| 6068 | *errorcodeptr = ERR49; |
| 6069 | goto FAILED; |
| 6070 | } |
| 6071 | if (namelen + IMM2_SIZE + 1 > cd->name_entry_size) |
| 6072 | { |
| 6073 | cd->name_entry_size = namelen + IMM2_SIZE + 1; |
| 6074 | if (namelen > MAX_NAME_SIZE) |
| 6075 | { |
| 6076 | *errorcodeptr = ERR48; |
| 6077 | goto FAILED; |
| 6078 | } |
| 6079 | } |
| 6080 | } |
| 6081 | |
| 6082 | /* In the real compile, create the entry in the table, maintaining |
| 6083 | alphabetical order. Duplicate names for different numbers are |
| 6084 | permitted only if PCRE_DUPNAMES is set. Duplicate names for the same |
| 6085 | number are always OK. (An existing number can be re-used if (?| |
| 6086 | appears in the pattern.) In either event, a duplicate name results in |
| 6087 | a duplicate entry in the table, even if the number is the same. This |
| 6088 | is because the number of names, and hence the table size, is computed |
| 6089 | in the pre-compile, and it affects various numbers and pointers which |
| 6090 | would all have to be modified, and the compiled code moved down, if |
| 6091 | duplicates with the same number were omitted from the table. This |
| 6092 | doesn't seem worth the hassle. However, *different* names for the |
| 6093 | same number are not permitted. */ |
| 6094 | |
| 6095 | else |
| 6096 | { |
| 6097 | BOOL dupname = FALSE; |
| 6098 | slot = cd->name_table; |
| 6099 | |
| 6100 | for (i = 0; i < cd->names_found; i++) |
| 6101 | { |
| 6102 | int crc = memcmp(name, slot+IMM2_SIZE, IN_UCHARS(namelen)); |
| 6103 | if (crc == 0) |
| 6104 | { |
| 6105 | if (slot[IMM2_SIZE+namelen] == 0) |
| 6106 | { |
| 6107 | if (GET2(slot, 0) != cd->bracount + 1 && |
| 6108 | (options & PCRE_DUPNAMES) == 0) |
| 6109 | { |
| 6110 | *errorcodeptr = ERR43; |
| 6111 | goto FAILED; |
| 6112 | } |
| 6113 | else dupname = TRUE; |
| 6114 | } |
| 6115 | else crc = -1; /* Current name is a substring */ |
| 6116 | } |
| 6117 | |
| 6118 | /* Make space in the table and break the loop for an earlier |
| 6119 | name. For a duplicate or later name, carry on. We do this for |
| 6120 | duplicates so that in the simple case (when ?(| is not used) they |
| 6121 | are in order of their numbers. */ |
| 6122 | |
| 6123 | if (crc < 0) |
| 6124 | { |
| 6125 | memmove(slot + cd->name_entry_size, slot, |
| 6126 | IN_UCHARS((cd->names_found - i) * cd->name_entry_size)); |
| 6127 | break; |
| 6128 | } |
| 6129 | |
| 6130 | /* Continue the loop for a later or duplicate name */ |
| 6131 | |
| 6132 | slot += cd->name_entry_size; |
| 6133 | } |
| 6134 | |
| 6135 | /* For non-duplicate names, check for a duplicate number before |
| 6136 | adding the new name. */ |
| 6137 | |
| 6138 | if (!dupname) |
| 6139 | { |
| 6140 | pcre_uchar *cslot = cd->name_table; |
| 6141 | for (i = 0; i < cd->names_found; i++) |
| 6142 | { |
| 6143 | if (cslot != slot) |
| 6144 | { |
| 6145 | if (GET2(cslot, 0) == cd->bracount + 1) |
| 6146 | { |
| 6147 | *errorcodeptr = ERR65; |
| 6148 | goto FAILED; |
| 6149 | } |
| 6150 | } |
| 6151 | else i--; |
| 6152 | cslot += cd->name_entry_size; |
| 6153 | } |
| 6154 | } |
| 6155 | |
| 6156 | PUT2(slot, 0, cd->bracount + 1); |
| 6157 | memcpy(slot + IMM2_SIZE, name, IN_UCHARS(namelen)); |
| 6158 | slot[IMM2_SIZE + namelen] = 0; |
| 6159 | } |
| 6160 | } |
| 6161 | |
| 6162 | /* In both pre-compile and compile, count the number of names we've |
| 6163 | encountered. */ |
| 6164 | |
| 6165 | cd->names_found++; |
| 6166 | ptr++; /* Move past > or ' */ |
| 6167 | goto NUMBERED_GROUP; |
| 6168 | |
| 6169 | |
| 6170 | /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */ |
| 6171 | case CHAR_AMPERSAND: /* Perl recursion/subroutine syntax */ |
| 6172 | terminator = CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS; |
| 6173 | is_recurse = TRUE; |
| 6174 | /* Fall through */ |
| 6175 | |
| 6176 | /* We come here from the Python syntax above that handles both |
| 6177 | references (?P=name) and recursion (?P>name), as well as falling |
| 6178 | through from the Perl recursion syntax (?&name). We also come here from |
| 6179 | the Perl \k<name> or \k'name' back reference syntax and the \k{name} |
| 6180 | .NET syntax, and the Oniguruma \g<...> and \g'...' subroutine syntax. */ |
| 6181 | |
| 6182 | NAMED_REF_OR_RECURSE: |
| 6183 | name = ++ptr; |
| 6184 | while (MAX_255(*ptr) && (cd->ctypes[*ptr] & ctype_word) != 0) ptr++; |
| 6185 | namelen = (int)(ptr - name); |
| 6186 | |
| 6187 | /* In the pre-compile phase, do a syntax check. We used to just set |
| 6188 | a dummy reference number, because it was not used in the first pass. |
| 6189 | However, with the change of recursive back references to be atomic, |
| 6190 | we have to look for the number so that this state can be identified, as |
| 6191 | otherwise the incorrect length is computed. If it's not a backwards |
| 6192 | reference, the dummy number will do. */ |
| 6193 | |
| 6194 | if (lengthptr != NULL) |
| 6195 | { |
| 6196 | const pcre_uchar *temp; |
| 6197 | |
| 6198 | if (namelen == 0) |
| 6199 | { |
| 6200 | *errorcodeptr = ERR62; |
| 6201 | goto FAILED; |
| 6202 | } |
| 6203 | if (*ptr != (pcre_uchar)terminator) |
| 6204 | { |
| 6205 | *errorcodeptr = ERR42; |
| 6206 | goto FAILED; |
| 6207 | } |
| 6208 | if (namelen > MAX_NAME_SIZE) |
| 6209 | { |
| 6210 | *errorcodeptr = ERR48; |
| 6211 | goto FAILED; |
| 6212 | } |
| 6213 | |
| 6214 | /* The name table does not exist in the first pass, so we cannot |
| 6215 | do a simple search as in the code below. Instead, we have to scan the |
| 6216 | pattern to find the number. It is important that we scan it only as |
| 6217 | far as we have got because the syntax of named subpatterns has not |
| 6218 | been checked for the rest of the pattern, and find_parens() assumes |
| 6219 | correct syntax. In any case, it's a waste of resources to scan |
| 6220 | further. We stop the scan at the current point by temporarily |
| 6221 | adjusting the value of cd->endpattern. */ |
| 6222 | |
| 6223 | temp = cd->end_pattern; |
| 6224 | cd->end_pattern = ptr; |
| 6225 | recno = find_parens(cd, name, namelen, |
| 6226 | (options & PCRE_EXTENDED) != 0, utf); |
| 6227 | cd->end_pattern = temp; |
| 6228 | if (recno < 0) recno = 0; /* Forward ref; set dummy number */ |
| 6229 | } |
| 6230 | |
| 6231 | /* In the real compile, seek the name in the table. We check the name |
| 6232 | first, and then check that we have reached the end of the name in the |
| 6233 | table. That way, if the name that is longer than any in the table, |
| 6234 | the comparison will fail without reading beyond the table entry. */ |
| 6235 | |
| 6236 | else |
| 6237 | { |
| 6238 | slot = cd->name_table; |
| 6239 | for (i = 0; i < cd->names_found; i++) |
| 6240 | { |
| 6241 | if (STRNCMP_UC_UC(name, slot+IMM2_SIZE, namelen) == 0 && |
| 6242 | slot[IMM2_SIZE+namelen] == 0) |
| 6243 | break; |
| 6244 | slot += cd->name_entry_size; |
| 6245 | } |
| 6246 | |
| 6247 | if (i < cd->names_found) /* Back reference */ |
| 6248 | { |
| 6249 | recno = GET2(slot, 0); |
| 6250 | } |
| 6251 | else if ((recno = /* Forward back reference */ |
| 6252 | find_parens(cd, name, namelen, |
| 6253 | (options & PCRE_EXTENDED) != 0, utf)) <= 0) |
| 6254 | { |
| 6255 | *errorcodeptr = ERR15; |
| 6256 | goto FAILED; |
| 6257 | } |
| 6258 | } |
| 6259 | |
| 6260 | /* In both phases, we can now go to the code than handles numerical |
| 6261 | recursion or backreferences. */ |
| 6262 | |
| 6263 | if (is_recurse) goto HANDLE_RECURSION; |
| 6264 | else goto HANDLE_REFERENCE; |
| 6265 | |
| 6266 | |
| 6267 | /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */ |
| 6268 | case CHAR_R: /* Recursion */ |
| 6269 | ptr++; /* Same as (?0) */ |
| 6270 | /* Fall through */ |
| 6271 | |
| 6272 | |
| 6273 | /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */ |
| 6274 | case CHAR_MINUS: case CHAR_PLUS: /* Recursion or subroutine */ |
| 6275 | case CHAR_0: case CHAR_1: case CHAR_2: case CHAR_3: case CHAR_4: |
| 6276 | case CHAR_5: case CHAR_6: case CHAR_7: case CHAR_8: case CHAR_9: |
| 6277 | { |
| 6278 | const pcre_uchar *called; |
| 6279 | terminator = CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS; |
| 6280 | |
| 6281 | /* Come here from the \g<...> and \g'...' code (Oniguruma |
| 6282 | compatibility). However, the syntax has been checked to ensure that |
| 6283 | the ... are a (signed) number, so that neither ERR63 nor ERR29 will |
| 6284 | be called on this path, nor with the jump to OTHER_CHAR_AFTER_QUERY |
| 6285 | ever be taken. */ |
| 6286 | |
| 6287 | HANDLE_NUMERICAL_RECURSION: |
| 6288 | |
| 6289 | if ((refsign = *ptr) == CHAR_PLUS) |
| 6290 | { |
| 6291 | ptr++; |
| 6292 | if (!IS_DIGIT(*ptr)) |
| 6293 | { |
| 6294 | *errorcodeptr = ERR63; |
| 6295 | goto FAILED; |
| 6296 | } |
| 6297 | } |
| 6298 | else if (refsign == CHAR_MINUS) |
| 6299 | { |
| 6300 | if (!IS_DIGIT(ptr[1])) |
| 6301 | goto OTHER_CHAR_AFTER_QUERY; |
| 6302 | ptr++; |
| 6303 | } |
| 6304 | |
| 6305 | recno = 0; |
| 6306 | while(IS_DIGIT(*ptr)) |
| 6307 | recno = recno * 10 + *ptr++ - CHAR_0; |
| 6308 | |
| 6309 | if (*ptr != (pcre_uchar)terminator) |
| 6310 | { |
| 6311 | *errorcodeptr = ERR29; |
| 6312 | goto FAILED; |
| 6313 | } |
| 6314 | |
| 6315 | if (refsign == CHAR_MINUS) |
| 6316 | { |
| 6317 | if (recno == 0) |
| 6318 | { |
| 6319 | *errorcodeptr = ERR58; |
| 6320 | goto FAILED; |
| 6321 | } |
| 6322 | recno = cd->bracount - recno + 1; |
| 6323 | if (recno <= 0) |
| 6324 | { |
| 6325 | *errorcodeptr = ERR15; |
| 6326 | goto FAILED; |
| 6327 | } |
| 6328 | } |
| 6329 | else if (refsign == CHAR_PLUS) |
| 6330 | { |
| 6331 | if (recno == 0) |
| 6332 | { |
| 6333 | *errorcodeptr = ERR58; |
| 6334 | goto FAILED; |
| 6335 | } |
| 6336 | recno += cd->bracount; |
| 6337 | } |
| 6338 | |
| 6339 | /* Come here from code above that handles a named recursion */ |
| 6340 | |
| 6341 | HANDLE_RECURSION: |
| 6342 | |
| 6343 | previous = code; |
| 6344 | called = cd->start_code; |
| 6345 | |
| 6346 | /* When we are actually compiling, find the bracket that is being |
| 6347 | referenced. Temporarily end the regex in case it doesn't exist before |
| 6348 | this point. If we end up with a forward reference, first check that |
| 6349 | the bracket does occur later so we can give the error (and position) |
| 6350 | now. Then remember this forward reference in the workspace so it can |
| 6351 | be filled in at the end. */ |
| 6352 | |
| 6353 | if (lengthptr == NULL) |
| 6354 | { |
| 6355 | *code = OP_END; |
| 6356 | if (recno != 0) |
| 6357 | called = PRIV(find_bracket)(cd->start_code, utf, recno); |
| 6358 | |
| 6359 | /* Forward reference */ |
| 6360 | |
| 6361 | if (called == NULL) |
| 6362 | { |
| 6363 | if (find_parens(cd, NULL, recno, |
| 6364 | (options & PCRE_EXTENDED) != 0, utf) < 0) |
| 6365 | { |
| 6366 | *errorcodeptr = ERR15; |
| 6367 | goto FAILED; |
| 6368 | } |
| 6369 | |
| 6370 | /* Fudge the value of "called" so that when it is inserted as an |
| 6371 | offset below, what it actually inserted is the reference number |
| 6372 | of the group. Then remember the forward reference. */ |
| 6373 | |
| 6374 | called = cd->start_code + recno; |
| 6375 | if (cd->hwm >= cd->start_workspace + cd->workspace_size - |
| 6376 | WORK_SIZE_SAFETY_MARGIN) |
| 6377 | { |
| 6378 | *errorcodeptr = expand_workspace(cd); |
| 6379 | if (*errorcodeptr != 0) goto FAILED; |
| 6380 | } |
| 6381 | PUTINC(cd->hwm, 0, (int)(code + 1 - cd->start_code)); |
| 6382 | } |
| 6383 | |
| 6384 | /* If not a forward reference, and the subpattern is still open, |
| 6385 | this is a recursive call. We check to see if this is a left |
| 6386 | recursion that could loop for ever, and diagnose that case. We |
| 6387 | must not, however, do this check if we are in a conditional |
| 6388 | subpattern because the condition might be testing for recursion in |
| 6389 | a pattern such as /(?(R)a+|(?R)b)/, which is perfectly valid. |
| 6390 | Forever loops are also detected at runtime, so those that occur in |
| 6391 | conditional subpatterns will be picked up then. */ |
| 6392 | |
| 6393 | else if (GET(called, 1) == 0 && cond_depth <= 0 && |
| 6394 | could_be_empty(called, code, bcptr, utf, cd)) |
| 6395 | { |
| 6396 | *errorcodeptr = ERR40; |
| 6397 | goto FAILED; |
| 6398 | } |
| 6399 | } |
| 6400 | |
| 6401 | /* Insert the recursion/subroutine item. It does not have a set first |
| 6402 | character (relevant if it is repeated, because it will then be |
| 6403 | wrapped with ONCE brackets). */ |
| 6404 | |
| 6405 | *code = OP_RECURSE; |
| 6406 | PUT(code, 1, (int)(called - cd->start_code)); |
| 6407 | code += 1 + LINK_SIZE; |
| 6408 | groupsetfirstchar = FALSE; |
| 6409 | } |
| 6410 | |
| 6411 | /* Can't determine a first byte now */ |
| 6412 | |
| 6413 | if (firstcharflags == REQ_UNSET) firstcharflags = REQ_NONE; |
| 6414 | continue; |
| 6415 | |
| 6416 | |
| 6417 | /* ------------------------------------------------------------ */ |
| 6418 | default: /* Other characters: check option setting */ |
| 6419 | OTHER_CHAR_AFTER_QUERY: |
| 6420 | set = unset = 0; |
| 6421 | optset = &set; |
| 6422 | |
| 6423 | while (*ptr != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS && *ptr != CHAR_COLON) |
| 6424 | { |
| 6425 | switch (*ptr++) |
| 6426 | { |
| 6427 | case CHAR_MINUS: optset = &unset; break; |
| 6428 | |
| 6429 | case CHAR_J: /* Record that it changed in the external options */ |
| 6430 | *optset |= PCRE_DUPNAMES; |
| 6431 | cd->external_flags |= PCRE_JCHANGED; |
| 6432 | break; |
| 6433 | |
| 6434 | case CHAR_i: *optset |= PCRE_CASELESS; break; |
| 6435 | case CHAR_m: *optset |= PCRE_MULTILINE; break; |
| 6436 | case CHAR_s: *optset |= PCRE_DOTALL; break; |
| 6437 | case CHAR_x: *optset |= PCRE_EXTENDED; break; |
| 6438 | case CHAR_U: *optset |= PCRE_UNGREEDY; break; |
| 6439 | case CHAR_X: *optset |= PCRE_EXTRA; break; |
| 6440 | |
| 6441 | default: *errorcodeptr = ERR12; |
| 6442 | ptr--; /* Correct the offset */ |
| 6443 | goto FAILED; |
| 6444 | } |
| 6445 | } |
| 6446 | |
| 6447 | /* Set up the changed option bits, but don't change anything yet. */ |
| 6448 | |
| 6449 | newoptions = (options | set) & (~unset); |
| 6450 | |
| 6451 | /* If the options ended with ')' this is not the start of a nested |
| 6452 | group with option changes, so the options change at this level. If this |
| 6453 | item is right at the start of the pattern, the options can be |
| 6454 | abstracted and made external in the pre-compile phase, and ignored in |
| 6455 | the compile phase. This can be helpful when matching -- for instance in |
| 6456 | caseless checking of required bytes. |
| 6457 | |
| 6458 | If the code pointer is not (cd->start_code + 1 + LINK_SIZE), we are |
| 6459 | definitely *not* at the start of the pattern because something has been |
| 6460 | compiled. In the pre-compile phase, however, the code pointer can have |
| 6461 | that value after the start, because it gets reset as code is discarded |
| 6462 | during the pre-compile. However, this can happen only at top level - if |
| 6463 | we are within parentheses, the starting BRA will still be present. At |
| 6464 | any parenthesis level, the length value can be used to test if anything |
| 6465 | has been compiled at that level. Thus, a test for both these conditions |
| 6466 | is necessary to ensure we correctly detect the start of the pattern in |
| 6467 | both phases. |
| 6468 | |
| 6469 | If we are not at the pattern start, reset the greedy defaults and the |
| 6470 | case value for firstchar and reqchar. */ |
| 6471 | |
| 6472 | if (*ptr == CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS) |
| 6473 | { |
| 6474 | if (code == cd->start_code + 1 + LINK_SIZE && |
| 6475 | (lengthptr == NULL || *lengthptr == 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE)) |
| 6476 | { |
| 6477 | cd->external_options = newoptions; |
| 6478 | } |
| 6479 | else |
| 6480 | { |
| 6481 | greedy_default = ((newoptions & PCRE_UNGREEDY) != 0); |
| 6482 | greedy_non_default = greedy_default ^ 1; |
| 6483 | req_caseopt = ((newoptions & PCRE_CASELESS) != 0)? REQ_CASELESS:0; |
| 6484 | } |
| 6485 | |
| 6486 | /* Change options at this level, and pass them back for use |
| 6487 | in subsequent branches. */ |
| 6488 | |
| 6489 | *optionsptr = options = newoptions; |
| 6490 | previous = NULL; /* This item can't be repeated */ |
| 6491 | continue; /* It is complete */ |
| 6492 | } |
| 6493 | |
| 6494 | /* If the options ended with ':' we are heading into a nested group |
| 6495 | with possible change of options. Such groups are non-capturing and are |
| 6496 | not assertions of any kind. All we need to do is skip over the ':'; |
| 6497 | the newoptions value is handled below. */ |
| 6498 | |
| 6499 | bravalue = OP_BRA; |
| 6500 | ptr++; |
| 6501 | } /* End of switch for character following (? */ |
| 6502 | } /* End of (? handling */ |
| 6503 | |
| 6504 | /* Opening parenthesis not followed by '*' or '?'. If PCRE_NO_AUTO_CAPTURE |
| 6505 | is set, all unadorned brackets become non-capturing and behave like (?:...) |
| 6506 | brackets. */ |
| 6507 | |
| 6508 | else if ((options & PCRE_NO_AUTO_CAPTURE) != 0) |
| 6509 | { |
| 6510 | bravalue = OP_BRA; |
| 6511 | } |
| 6512 | |
| 6513 | /* Else we have a capturing group. */ |
| 6514 | |
| 6515 | else |
| 6516 | { |
| 6517 | NUMBERED_GROUP: |
| 6518 | cd->bracount += 1; |
| 6519 | PUT2(code, 1+LINK_SIZE, cd->bracount); |
| 6520 | skipbytes = IMM2_SIZE; |
| 6521 | } |
| 6522 | |
| 6523 | /* Process nested bracketed regex. Assertions used not to be repeatable, |
| 6524 | but this was changed for Perl compatibility, so all kinds can now be |
| 6525 | repeated. We copy code into a non-register variable (tempcode) in order to |
| 6526 | be able to pass its address because some compilers complain otherwise. */ |
| 6527 | |
| 6528 | previous = code; /* For handling repetition */ |
| 6529 | *code = bravalue; |
| 6530 | tempcode = code; |
| 6531 | tempreqvary = cd->req_varyopt; /* Save value before bracket */ |
| 6532 | tempbracount = cd->bracount; /* Save value before bracket */ |
| 6533 | length_prevgroup = 0; /* Initialize for pre-compile phase */ |
| 6534 | |
| 6535 | if (!compile_regex( |
| 6536 | newoptions, /* The complete new option state */ |
| 6537 | &tempcode, /* Where to put code (updated) */ |
| 6538 | &ptr, /* Input pointer (updated) */ |
| 6539 | errorcodeptr, /* Where to put an error message */ |
| 6540 | (bravalue == OP_ASSERTBACK || |
| 6541 | bravalue == OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT), /* TRUE if back assert */ |
| 6542 | reset_bracount, /* True if (?| group */ |
| 6543 | skipbytes, /* Skip over bracket number */ |
| 6544 | cond_depth + |
| 6545 | ((bravalue == OP_COND)?1:0), /* Depth of condition subpatterns */ |
| 6546 | &subfirstchar, /* For possible first char */ |
| 6547 | &subfirstcharflags, |
| 6548 | &subreqchar, /* For possible last char */ |
| 6549 | &subreqcharflags, |
| 6550 | bcptr, /* Current branch chain */ |
| 6551 | cd, /* Tables block */ |
| 6552 | (lengthptr == NULL)? NULL : /* Actual compile phase */ |
| 6553 | &length_prevgroup /* Pre-compile phase */ |
| 6554 | )) |
| 6555 | goto FAILED; |
| 6556 | |
| 6557 | /* If this was an atomic group and there are no capturing groups within it, |
| 6558 | generate OP_ONCE_NC instead of OP_ONCE. */ |
| 6559 | |
| 6560 | if (bravalue == OP_ONCE && cd->bracount <= tempbracount) |
| 6561 | *code = OP_ONCE_NC; |
| 6562 | |
| 6563 | if (bravalue >= OP_ASSERT && bravalue <= OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT) |
| 6564 | cd->assert_depth -= 1; |
| 6565 | |
| 6566 | /* At the end of compiling, code is still pointing to the start of the |
| 6567 | group, while tempcode has been updated to point past the end of the group. |
| 6568 | The pattern pointer (ptr) is on the bracket. |
| 6569 | |
| 6570 | If this is a conditional bracket, check that there are no more than |
| 6571 | two branches in the group, or just one if it's a DEFINE group. We do this |
| 6572 | in the real compile phase, not in the pre-pass, where the whole group may |
| 6573 | not be available. */ |
| 6574 | |
| 6575 | if (bravalue == OP_COND && lengthptr == NULL) |
| 6576 | { |
| 6577 | pcre_uchar *tc = code; |
| 6578 | int condcount = 0; |
| 6579 | |
| 6580 | do { |
| 6581 | condcount++; |
| 6582 | tc += GET(tc,1); |
| 6583 | } |
| 6584 | while (*tc != OP_KET); |
| 6585 | |
| 6586 | /* A DEFINE group is never obeyed inline (the "condition" is always |
| 6587 | false). It must have only one branch. */ |
| 6588 | |
| 6589 | if (code[LINK_SIZE+1] == OP_DEF) |
| 6590 | { |
| 6591 | if (condcount > 1) |
| 6592 | { |
| 6593 | *errorcodeptr = ERR54; |
| 6594 | goto FAILED; |
| 6595 | } |
| 6596 | bravalue = OP_DEF; /* Just a flag to suppress char handling below */ |
| 6597 | } |
| 6598 | |
| 6599 | /* A "normal" conditional group. If there is just one branch, we must not |
| 6600 | make use of its firstchar or reqchar, because this is equivalent to an |
| 6601 | empty second branch. */ |
| 6602 | |
| 6603 | else |
| 6604 | { |
| 6605 | if (condcount > 2) |
| 6606 | { |
| 6607 | *errorcodeptr = ERR27; |
| 6608 | goto FAILED; |
| 6609 | } |
| 6610 | if (condcount == 1) subfirstcharflags = subreqcharflags = REQ_NONE; |
| 6611 | } |
| 6612 | } |
| 6613 | |
| 6614 | /* Error if hit end of pattern */ |
| 6615 | |
| 6616 | if (*ptr != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS) |
| 6617 | { |
| 6618 | *errorcodeptr = ERR14; |
| 6619 | goto FAILED; |
| 6620 | } |
| 6621 | |
| 6622 | /* In the pre-compile phase, update the length by the length of the group, |
| 6623 | less the brackets at either end. Then reduce the compiled code to just a |
| 6624 | set of non-capturing brackets so that it doesn't use much memory if it is |
| 6625 | duplicated by a quantifier.*/ |
| 6626 | |
| 6627 | if (lengthptr != NULL) |
| 6628 | { |
| 6629 | if (OFLOW_MAX - *lengthptr < length_prevgroup - 2 - 2*LINK_SIZE) |
| 6630 | { |
| 6631 | *errorcodeptr = ERR20; |
| 6632 | goto FAILED; |
| 6633 | } |
| 6634 | *lengthptr += length_prevgroup - 2 - 2*LINK_SIZE; |
| 6635 | code++; /* This already contains bravalue */ |
| 6636 | PUTINC(code, 0, 1 + LINK_SIZE); |
| 6637 | *code++ = OP_KET; |
| 6638 | PUTINC(code, 0, 1 + LINK_SIZE); |
| 6639 | break; /* No need to waste time with special character handling */ |
| 6640 | } |
| 6641 | |
| 6642 | /* Otherwise update the main code pointer to the end of the group. */ |
| 6643 | |
| 6644 | code = tempcode; |
| 6645 | |
| 6646 | /* For a DEFINE group, required and first character settings are not |
| 6647 | relevant. */ |